Advance Maths 2

Mathematics
CHAPTER
1 Percentage
1.1 Percentage
(i) If an object’s price is increased or decreased by x% and the other factor is increased or decreased
by y% then, the net effect is given by
é xy ù
Net effect = ê x + y + %
ë 100 úû
Remember that the percentages are taken with positive or negative sign according as there is increase
or decrease in the factor.
100x
(ii) If the net effect is nil, i.e., there is no loss or no gain, then the above formula become y =
100 + x
1.1
NUMERICAL CHALLENGE 1.1
1. If salary of a person is increased by 10% and 20% successively then, what is the change in his salary ?
Solution
Here x=10, y=20
\ The net % change in the salary

æ 10x20 ö
= ç 10+20+ ÷ % = 32%
è 100 ø
2. The Price of a commodity first increased by 20% then decreased by 10% then what is the net change price of
commodity.
Solution
Here x=20, y=-10 then net percent change in price is
Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\1.Percentage (Th + Ex.).p65
æ 20x(-10) ö
= ç 20-10+ ÷ % = 8%
è 100 ø
Here sign is (+ve) hence the net is (+ve) increase in price.

3. If price of commodity decreased by 20% and then by 30% then find the net change in price ?
Solution
Here x=20, y= 30
\ net % change is
æ –20x–30 ö
= ç –20–30+ ÷ % = -44%
è 100 ø
1
Class X
1.2
é 100.x ù
(i) If A’s income is x% more than that of B, B’s Income is less than that of A by ê ú%
ë 100 + x û
é 100.x ù
(ii) If A’s income is x% less than that of B, B’s income is more than that of A by ê ú%
ë 100 - x û
1.1
1. If Shailendra’s Salary is 20% more than that of Surendra, then how much percent is salary of Surendra less than
that of Shailendra.
Solution
Here x=20
æ x ö
\ Required Answer= ç x100 ÷ %
è 100+x ø
20
= x100% = 16.66%
120
2. If A’s income is 30% less than that of B’s income, then how much percent is B’s income more than A’s income.
Solution
Here x = 30
æ x ö
\ Required Answer= ç ×100 ÷ %
è 100-x ø
æ 30 ö
= ç ´100 ÷ % = 42.8%
è 70 ø
1.3
(i) If A is x% of C and B is y% of C then
x
A= ×100 % of B
y
1.1
If A is 20% of C and B is 25% of C then what percentage is A of B
Solution
x 20
A= x100 = x100=80%of B
y 25
1.4
(i) If the price of a commodity increase by P%, then the reduction in consumption so as not ot
æ p ö
increase the expenditure is ç ×100 ÷ %
è 100 + p ø
(ii) If the price of a commodity decrease by P%, then the increase in consumption so as not to decrease
æ p ö
the expenditure is ç ×100 ÷ %
è 100 – p ø
2
Mathematics
1.1
1. If the price of sugar increase by 25%. Find how much percent its consumption be reduced so as not to increase
the expenditure.
Solution
æ p ö
=ç x100 ÷ %
è 100+p ø
25
= x100% = 20%
125
2. If price of commodity decrease by 25%. Find how much percent its consumption be increase so as not decrease
expenditure.
Solution
æ p ö
=ç x100 ÷ %
è 100-p ø
25
= x100%
100-25
1.5
(i) If two numbers are, respectively, x% and y% more than a third number, then the first number. is
æ 100 + x ö æ 100+ y ö
ç ×100 ÷ % of the second and the second is ç ×100 ÷ % of the first
è 100 + y ø è 100+ x ø
(ii) If two numbers are, respectively, x% and y% less than a third number, then the first number is
æ 100 – x ö æ 100 – y ö
ç ×100 ÷ of the second and the second is ç ×100 ÷ of the first
è 100 – y ø è 100 – x ø
1.1
1. Two numbers are respectively 20% and 50% more than a third number. What percent is the first of the second ?
Solution
Here x=20 and y= 50
æ 100 + x ö
\ First number = ç ÷ × 100% of the second

è 100 + x ø
æ 100 + 20 ö
= ç ÷ × 100% of the second i.e., 80% of the second
è 100 + 50 ø
2. Two numbers are, respectively, 32% and 20% less than a third number. What percent is the first of the second?
Solution
Here x= 32 and y = 20
æ 100 + x ö
\ First number = ç ÷ × 100% of the second
è 100 + x ø
æ 100 + 20 ö
= ç ÷ × 100% of the second i.e., 85% of the second
è 100 + 50 ø
3
Class X
1.6 Population formulae

(i) If the original (present) population of a town is P, then the population (P0) after n years at an annual
n
æ r ö
increase of r% is given by P0 = P ç 1+ ÷
è 100 ø
P
(ii) If the present population is P, then the population n years ago is given by P0 = n
æ r ö
ç1+ 100 ÷
è ø
(iii) If the population increases by x% during the first year, by y% during the second year, by z% during
æ x öæ y öæ z ö
third year, the population after three years will be P ç 1+ ÷ ç 1+ ÷ ç 1+ ÷
è 100 ø è 100 ø è 100 ø
1.1
1. The populatin of a town increase 10% annually. If its present population is 120000, what will it be in 2 years
time.
Solution
Here P= 120000, r=10, n=2.
\ Population after 2 years
n 2
æ r ö é 10 ù
= P ç 1+
100 ÷ = 120000 ê1 + 100 ú
è ø ë û
110 110
= 120000x x = 145200
100 100
2. The population of a town increase at the rate of 20% annually due to excessive migration. If present population
is 144000, find population two year ago.
Solution
P 144000 144000
= = = = 100000
æ r ö
n
æ
2
20 ö 120 120
x
ç 1+ 100 ÷ ç 1 + 100 ÷ 100 100
è ø è ø
3. The income of Ramesh increase by 10%, 20% and 30% successively in three years. Find change in his income,
if present income is 150000 Rs. per annum.
Solution
Here x=10, y=20, z= 30.
A = 150000
So, percent change in income
A ç1 + ÷ ç 1+ ÷ ç 1+
è 100 ø è 100 ø è 100 ÷ø
éæ 10 ö æ 20 ö æ 30 ö ù
= 1500000x êç 1 + ÷ ç 1 + 100 ÷ ç 1 + 100 ÷ ú
ëè 100 øè øè øû
110 120 130

= 1500000x ´ ´ = Rs. 257400
100 100 100
4
Mathematics
4. The population of a village is 5500. If the number of males increases by 11% and the number of females
increases by 20%, then the population becomes 6330. Find the population of females in the town.
Solution
Let x is population of male
\ (5500 – x) is female population
x ´ 111 (550 - x) ´ 120

+ = 6330
100 100
On calculating we get x = 3000
So female population = 2500
1.7 Depreciation formulae

(i) If the present price an article is P, then price P0 after n years at an anuual decrease of r% is given
by
n
æ r ö
P0 = P ç1 –
è 100 ÷ø
(ii) If the present price is P, then the price n years ago is given by
P
P0 = n
æ r ö
ç 1 – 100 ÷
è ø
1.1
1. The population of a city increases at the rate of 10% annually. Its present population is 90.51 lacs. The
population 3 years ago was nearly.
Solution
We have, P=90.51, r= 10 and n=3
\ The population 3 years ago
P 90.51
= n
= 3
æ r ö æ 10 ö
ç 1 + 100 ÷ ç 1 + 100 ÷
è ø è ø
9051 100 100 100

= ´ ´ ´ = 68 lacs
100 110 110 110
2. A building worth Rs. 133, 100 is constructed on land worth Rs. 72,900. After how many years will the value of
both be the same if land appreciates at 10% p.a. and building depreciates at 10% p.a.?
Solution
n n
æ 10 ö æ 10 ö
72900 ç 1 + ÷ = 133100x ç 1 - ÷
è 100 ø è 100 ø
n n
æ 11 ö æ 10 ö 133100 1331
\ç ÷ xç ÷ = =
è 10 ø è 9 ø 72900 729
n 3
æ 11 ö æ 11 ö
\ç ÷ = ç ÷ ÞnÞ3
è ø9 è 9 ø
5
Class X
1.8
If after spending p1% first, then p2% from the remaining, and so on, B is the balance amount,
then the total (original) amount is given by
Bx100x100
Total amount = 100 - p 100 - p ...
( 1 )( 2)
1.1
1. Ram Spends 30% of his salary on house rent, 30% of the rest he spends on his children’s education and 24% of
the rest salary he spends on cloths. After his expenditure, he is left with Rs. 2500. What is Ram’s Salary ?
Solution
Let Total Salary is x Rs.
30% on house rent= x
30% of remaining on childrens education=y
24% of remaining on clothes= z
é x ùé y ùé z ù
P ê1 + ú ê1+ 1+ = 2500
ë 100 û ë 100 û ë 100 úû
ú ê
é 30 ù é 30 ù é 24 ù
P ê1 + ú ê1+ 1+ = 2500
ë 100 û ë 100 û ë 100 úû
ú ê
[(–) ve sign because of spending]
é 70 ù é 70 ù é 76 ù
P ê úê úê ú = 2500
ë 100 û ë 100 û ë 100 û
P = Rs. 6713.21
2. An Army lost 10% its men in war, 10% of the remaining due to diseases and 10% of the rest were disabled. Thus,
the strength was reduced to 729000 active men. Find the original strength.
Solution
Let A be the original strength
Then, A ç 1 + ÷ ç 1 + 100 ÷ ç 1 + 100 ÷
è 100 øè øè ø
= 729000 (Given)
Here, x = 10, y = 100 and z = –10
æ 10 ö æ 10 ö æ 10 ö
\ A ç1 - ÷ ç 1- ÷ ç 1-
è 100 ø è 100 ø è 100 ÷ø
= 729000
729000 ´ 100 ´ 100 ´ 100

ÞA=
90 ´ 90 ´ 90
= 1000000 men
6
Mathematics
1.9
If the value of a number is first increased by x% and later decreased by x%, the net change is
x2
always a decrease which is equal to %
100
1.1
Michael sold two T.V. sets for Rs. 3600 each gaining 20% on one and loosing 20% on the other. Find the total
gain or loss percent.
Solution
Here x = 20
2 2
æ x ö æ 20 ö
So, overall loss ç ÷ % = ç ÷ % = 4%
è 10 ø è 10 ø
1.10
A candidate scoring x% in an examination fails by ‘a’ marks, while another candidate who scores
y% marks gets’b’ marks more than the minimum required pass marks. Then the maximum marks
100( a+b)
for that examination are M=
y– x
1.1
In an examination, 35 % candidates failed in one subject and 42% failed in another subject while 15% failed in
both the subjects. If 2500 candidates appeared at the examination, how many passed in either subject but not in
both ?
Solution
æ 35 ö
Failed in 1st subject = ç ´ 2500 ÷ = 875.
è 100 ø
æ 42 ö
Failed in 2nd subject = ç ´ 2500 ÷ = 1050.
è 100 ø
æ 15 ö
Failed in both = ç ´ 2500 ÷ = 375.
è 100 ø
Failed in 1st subject only= (875 – 375)= 500.

Failes in 2nd subject only= (1050 – 375)= 675
Passed in 2nd only+Passed in 1st only
= (675+500)= 1175
7
Class X
1.11
If in an examination x% of the students failed in one subject, y% failed in another subject and z% in
both the subjects, the percentage of student who :
(a) Failed in either of the subjects = x+y-z
(b) Passed in both the subjects= 100-(x+y-z)
1.1
1. In an examination, 30% and 35% students respectively failed in History and Geography while 27% studnets failed
in both the subjects. If the number of students passing the examination in 248, find the total number of studnets
who appeared in the examination.
Solution
Percentage of students passing the examination
= (100 - (30 + 35 - 27))%

éëhere, x=30, y=35 and z=27ùû
= 62 (100-38)%= 62%
Let the total number of students appearing in the examination x.
Given: 62% of x= 248
62 248x100
or, ´ x = 248 or x= = 400
100 62
Therefore, 400 students appeared in the examination.
2. In an examination, there were 2000 candidates, out of which 900 candidates were boys and rest were girls. If
32% of the boys 38% of the girls passed, then the total percentage of failed candidates is
Solution
Boys= 900, Girls= 1100

Passed = (32% of 900) + (38% of 1100) = 288 + 418 = 706
Failed = 2000 – 706 = 1294
æ 1294 ö
Failed % = ç ´ 100 ÷ % = 64.7 %
è 2000 ø
8
Mathematics
PERCENTAGE SOLVED EXAMPLES
1. If 40% of the numbers exceeds the 25% of it by Salary of June Less than that of July by percent
54. Find the number. Difference
= x100
any value Salary of July
Sol. = number (i.e, base number)
its rate % of number
æ5 9ö
Here, 54 stands for the difference of (40% and ç2 - 4 ÷x
25% of number) =è ø x100 = 10%
5
x
54 2
Þ = number
(40 - 25)%
4. The side of a square increases by p%, then find by
54 what% does its area increase ?
Þ ´ 100 = 300
40 - 25 Sol. Suppose, side of a square= b
2. P1% number N1 is equal to P2% of number N2. Find Original area of the square= b2, i.e., result = A x B
what per cent of N1 is N2 ? Here, both sides are increased by p%
N2 xy
Sol. \ required percentage = ´ 100% Net % change in area = x + y + , where,
N1 100
x=y=+p
P1 P N2 P1
It is given that ´ N1 = 2 ´ N 2 \ = Þ Net % change in area =
100 100 N1 P2
N2 p2 p2
Putting the value of , we find the required p+p+ = 2p +
N1 100 100
æ P1 ö æ p2 ö
percentage = ç P ´ 100 ÷ % Hence area increase by ç 2p + ÷%
è 2 ø è 100 ø
æ P1 ö Note: This formula is also applicable when the

\ N2 is equal to ç P ´ 100 ÷ % of N1 radius of circle is increased by p% Then its area
è 2 ø
3. The ratio of salary of a worker in July to that in June æ æ p ö ö
2
increased by ç 2p + ç ÷ ÷%
1 1 ç è 100 ø ÷ø
was 2 : 2 . By what % was the salary of July è
2 4
more than Salary of June ? Also find by what %, 5. The daily wage is increased by 15%, and a person
Salary of June was less than of July. now gets Rs. 23 per day. What was his daily wage
before the increase ?
5
Sol. Let Salary of July = ´
2 Increased daily wage
Sol. Original Daily wage = ×100
100 + % increase
9
and Salary of June = ´
4 23
Here the basis of comparison is either the salary = × 100 = 20
115
of June or the Salary of July.
Salary of July more than that of June by percent. Note : In case of decrease use (-) ve sign, before %
Difference value.
= x100
Salary of June 6. A student X passes his examination with 515 marks,
æ5 9ö having scored 3% above the minimum. If Y had
ç 2 - 4 ÷x
=è ø ´ 100 = 11 1 % obtained 710 marks, what % would he have been
9 9 above the minimum ?
x
4
9
Class X
Marks of Y 100 + % above minimum of Y 8. A reduction of Rs 2 per kg enables a man to pur-

Sol. = chase 4 kg more sugar for Rs. 16, Find the origi-
Marks of X 100 + % above minimum of X
nal price of Sugar.
710 100 + Y Sol. Here expenditure if fixed (=Rs.16), but as rate re-
= Þ Y = + 42 %
515 100 + 3 duces (by Rs. 2/kg), so, the quantity of sugar avail-
able increases (by 4 kg.) Let original price be
Hence Y gets 42% above minimum
Note:- Similarly, if the % marks is below mini- Expenditure
Rs x/kg. + change in quantity
mum, formula would have been. x
Marks of Y 100 - % below minimum of Y Expenditure

= available =
Marks of X 100 - % above minimum of X New rate
Remember,
16 16
Þ +4 = Þ x2 – 2x – 8 = 0
Marks of Y 100 ± % above/below minimum of Y x x -2
=
Marks of X 100 ± % above/above minimum of X
Þ (x – 4) (x – 2) = 0 Þ x = 4 or –2
7. The ratio of number of boys and girls in a school is Considering the +ve value original price = Rs 4 per
3 : 2, if 20% of boys and 25% of the girls are kg.
holding scholarship, find the % of school
9. If 10% of an electricity bill is deducted. Rs 45 is still
students who
to be paid. How much was the bill ?
(a) hold scholarship Sol. Here Rs 45 refers to (100-10) % of the bill Since
(b) do not hold scholarship 90% of bill = 45
Sol. Percentage of scholarship holders 45
Þ 100% of bill = x100 = 50
= (Boys × % boys who are scholarship holders) 90
+ (Girls × % Girls who are scholarship holders) Hence the bill was 50.
10. The weight of a sand bag is 40 kg. In a hurry, it

æ 3 ö æ 3 ö
ç 2 + 3 ´ 20 ÷ + ç 3 + 2 ´ 25 ÷ = 22 was weighed as 40.8 kg. Find the error percent-
è ø è ø
age.
Similarly, percentage of non scholarship holders False weight - Actual weight
Sol. % Error = × 100
Actual weight
æ 3 ö æ 3 ö
= ç ´ 80 ÷ + ç ´ 75 ÷ = 78
è 2 + 3 ø è 2 + 3 ø 40.8 - 40
= × 100 = 2%
40
(Since 100 – 20 = 80, 100 – 25 = 75)
\ The error is 2%
10
Mathematics
PERCENTAGE EXERCISE
1. The number of enrollments in a school has increased 9. By what percent will the area of a square change
from 1800 to 2016. The percentage increase in if its side is increased by 10% ?
the enrollments is ______. (1) 10% increase (2) 20% increase
(1) 10% (2) 11% (3) 10% decrease (4) 21% increase
(3) 12% (4) 13% 10. The population of a city increases by 30% every
year. if the present population is 338000, then what
2. The price of a commodity is increased by 40%. By
was the population of the city two years ago ?
what percent should a consumer reduce his con-
(1) 300000 (2) 250000
sumption so that his expenditure on the commod-
(3) 200000 (4) 240000
ity remains constant ?
11. 860% of 50 + 50% of 860 = ?
4 4 (1) 430 (2) 516
(1) 25 % (2) 26 % (3) 860 (4) 960
7 7
12. 60% of 264 is the same as :
4 4
(3) 27 % (4) 28 %
7 7 (1) 10% of 44 (2) 15% of 1056
(3) 30% of 132 (4) None of these
3. If Ram’s salary went up by 25%, then by what per-
cent should it be brought down to bring it to its initial 13. How many litres of pure acid are there in 8 litres of
a 20% solution?
value ?
(1) 1.4 (2) 1.5
(1) 25% (2) 20%
(3) 1.6 (4) 2.4
(3) 33.33% (4) 37.5%
14. What is 25% of 25% equal to ?
4. A number, when decreased by 20% becomes 136.
(1) 0.00625 (2) 0.0625
What is the number ?
(3) 0.625 (4) 6.25
(1) 160 (2) 150 15. ?% of 932 + 30 = 309.6
(3) 170 (4) 140
(1) 25 (2) 30
5. If 60% of K is 30 less than 75% of K, then what (3) 35 (4) 40
is the value of K ?
(1) 500 (2) 300 16. 784 +? = 78% of 500
(3) 400 (4) 200 (1) 342 (2) 352
6. The length of a rectangle is increased by 10% while (3) 362 (4) 372
its breadth is decreased by 10%. what is the con- 17. Two-fifth of one-third of three-seventh of a number
sequent percentage change in the area of the is 15. What is 40 percent of that number?
rectangle ? (1) 72 (2) 84
(3) 136 (4) None of these
(1) 1% increase (2) 10% increase
(3) 10% decrease (4) 1% decrease 18. The difference between a number and its two-fifth
is 510. What is 10% of that number?

7. In an examination, Ramu and Raju secured 783
(1) 12.75 (2) 85
marks and 684 marks respectively. If Ramu secured
87% marks, then the percentage of marks secured
by Raju is ______. 19. A number, when 35 is subtracted from it, reduces
to its 80 percent. What is four-fifth of that number?
(1) 75% (2) 76%
(1) 70 (2) 90
(3) 77% (4) 78%
(3) 120 (4) 140
8. In an examination, Ramesh secured 574 marks and
28
Rekha secured 76% of the total marks. If Ramesh 20. The sum of two numbers is of the first number..
25
secured 82% of total marks, the difference in their
marks, is _____. The second number is what percent of the first?
(1) 40 (2) 41 (1) 12% (2) 14%
(3) 42 (4) 43 (3) 16% (4) 18%
11
Class X
21. If one number is 80% of the other and 4 times the 29. The value of a machine depreciates at the rate of
sum of their squares is 656, then the numbers are: 10% every year. It was purchased 3 years ago. If
(1) 4, 5 (2) 8, 10 its present value is Rs. 8748, its purchase price
(3) 16, 20 (4) None of these was
(1) Rs. 10,000 (2) Rs. 11,372
3 5
22. A student multiplied a number by instead of . (3) Rs. 12,000 (4) Rs. 12,500
5 3
What is the percentage error in the calculation? 30. The present population of a country estimated to
be 10 crores is expected to increase to 13.31
(1) 34% (2) 44%
crores during the next three years. The uniform
(3) 54% (4) 64%
rate of growth is :
23. In a certain school, 20% of students are below 8
(1) 8% (2) 10%
years of age. The number of students above 8 years
(3) 12.7% (4) 15%
2
of age is of the number of students of 8 years 31. Two numbers are less than a third number by 30%
3
and 37% respectively. How much percent is the
age which is 48. What is the total number of students
second number less than the first?
in the school?
(1) 3% (2) 4%
(1) 72 (2) 80
(3) 7% (4) 10%
32. Two candidates contested for a post of an election.
24. If x is 80% of y, then what percent of 2x is y? 70 votes were declared as invalid. The victorious
1 candidate secured 55% votes and won the election
(1) 40% (2) 62 %
2 by 90 votes. Total numbers of votes polled is :
2 (1) 475 (2) 565
(3) 66 % (4) 80%
3 (3) 970 (4) 1070
25. A man spends 35% of his income on food, 25% on 33. In an examination, 450 candidates were boys and
children's education and 80% of the remaining on 550 were girls. If 32% of the boys and 38% of the
house rent. What percent of his income he is left girls passed the examination, the percentage of
with? failed candidates is :
(1) 8% (2) 10% (1) 35.3% (2) 62%
(3) 12% (4) 14% (3) 64.7% (4) 68%
1 34. If 18% of x is the same as 90% of y, then 60% of x
26. A salesman is allowed 5 % discount on the total
2 is same as
1 (1) 120% of y (2) 20% of y
sales made by him plus a bonus of % on the
2 (3) 30% of y (4) none of the above
sales over Rs. 10,000. If his total earnings were
35. In an examination, a candidate must secure 45%
Rs. 1990, then his total sales (in Rs.) were :
marks to pass. Ashok secures 325 marks but he
(1) 30,000 (2) 32,000 fails by 35 marks. What were the maximum marks
(3) 34,000 (4) 35,000 for the examination?

27. What percent decrease in salaries would exactly (1) 1800 (2) 900
cancel out the 20 percent increase? (3) 800 (4) 750
2 36. Two numbers are 40% and 20% less than a third
(1) 16 (2) 18 number. What percentage the first number forms of
3
1 the second?
(3) 20 (4) 33
3 (1) 60% (2) 150%
28. If inflation increases at a rate of 8% p.a., what will (3) 75% (4) 200%
a Rs. 20 article cost at the end of two years? 37. If x increases to y, the percentage increase is:
(1) Between Rs. 20 and Rs. 21 (x – y) (y – x)
(1) (2)
(2) Between Rs. 21 and Rs. 22 100 100
(3) Between Rs. 22 and Rs. 23 æy – xö æy – xö
(3) ç ÷ ´ 100 (4) ç ÷ ´ 100
(4) Between Rs. 23 and Rs. 24 è y ø è x ø
12
Mathematics
1 48. A man donated 6% of his income to a charity and
38. To reduce a given number by 12 percent, we
2 deposited 20% of the rest in a bank. If he is left with
should multiply it by : Rs 14,100, then his income is ________.
(1) 1/8 (2) 12.5
(1) Rs 18000 (2) Rs 18250
(3) 7/8 (4) 2/25
(3) Rs 18500 (4) Rs 18750
39. The price of a machine bought for Rs. 32000 falls
49. The quantities consumed and the cost per kg of the
by 5% percent every year. At the end of 2 years, It is
commodities for the years 1986 and 1995 are given
worth :
in the table below:
(1) Rs. 28800 (2) Rs.29200
(3) Rs. 28880 (4) Rs. 28240
40. The population of a village at the beginning of a Cost per kg(in Rs)
Item Quantity consumed (kg)
year was 10000. During that, it increased by 5 In 1986 In 1995
percent and during next year decreased by 5 Wheat 34 5 8
Butter 16 30 50
percent. At the end of the second year, the Sugar 4 10 16
population of the village was : Tea 8 80 100
(1) 9975 (2) 10500 Rice 15 18 20
(3) 10525 (4) 10075
41. If x% of 910 = 81.9, value of x is : The cost of living index for the year 1995 taking
(1) 0.9 (2) 9 1986 as base year is equal to ________.
(3) 90 (4) None of these (1) 139.00 (2) 139.75
42. 37.5% of 648 is the same as : (3) 139.50 (4) 139.25
(1) 3.75% of 64.8 (2) 75% of 1296 50. The price of an article increase by 10%, 15% and
3 20% in 3 consecutive weeks. What is the approxi-
(3) 3.75% of 6480 (4) of 162
32 mate overall percentage increase for the 3 weeks.
43. The value of a machine depreciates from Rs. 32768 (1) 45% (2) 62%
to Rs. 21952 in three years. What is the rate
(3) 35% (4) 52%
percentage of depreciation?
51. A reduction of 10% in the price of an article en-
(1) 11% (2) 12.5%
ables a dealer to purchase 25 articles more for Rs
(3) 33% (4) 12.25%
45000. What is the original price of the article ?
æ 13 ö 7
44. As a percentage ç 3 ÷ ´ can be written as : . (1) Rs 100 (2) Rs 150
è 14 ø 11 (3) Rs 200 (4) Rs 250
(1) 2.5% (2) 0.025%
52. The percentage increase in the total number of
(3) 250% (4) 0.25%
students of a school over that in the prevoius year.
45. The population of a city increases at the rate of
10% annually. Its present population is 90.51 lacs.
The population 3 years ago was nearly. Year Percentage increase
(1) 60 lacs (2) 68 lacs 1999-2000 20%
(3) 71 lacs (4) 72.8 lacs
2000-2001 30%
1
46. A man loses 12 % of his money and after spending 2001-2002 10%
2
70% of remainder, is left with Rs. 210 He initially Find the effective percentage increase in the num-
ber of students from 1998–1990 to 2000–2001.
had:
(1) 31.6% (2) 71.6%
(1) Rs. 800 (2) Rs. 600 (3) 62.6% (4) 81.6%
(3) Rs. 840 (4) Rs. 900
53. A solution of 165 litres contains 80% of acid and
47. If the area of rectangle is increased by 13% and its
the rest water. How much water must be added to
breadth is increased by 5%, then what is the per-
the above solution such that the resulting mixture
centage increase in its length ? (approximately)
contains 25% water ?
(1) 10% (2) 8%
(3) 18% (4) 12% (1) 11 litres (2) 8 litres
(3) 9 litres (4) 10 litres
13
Class X
54. Laxman saves 10% more than his expenditure and 2
Bhuwan spends 10% more than his savings. If 61. There are three quantities A, B and C. B is 16 %
3
Laxman’s savings is 10% more than Bhuwan’s 2
expenditure, What is the ratio of incomes of less than A and C is 14 % more than B. By what
7
Laxman and Bhuwan ? percent is A more than C ?
(1) 9 : 10 (2) 100 : 99 (1) 5 (2) 6
(3) 10 : 11 (4) 11 : 10 (3) 7 (4) 8
62. A’s savings is 30% less than B’s savings, B’s sav-
55. Madan spends 50% of his income on household
ings is 20% less than C’s savings. By what percent-
expenditure and 60% of the remaining on personal
age is C’s savings more than A’s savings ?
expenditure. Of the remaining, he pays 50% to-
wards income tax and saves the remaining Rs 1200. 2 1
(1) 63 % (2) 52 %
What is the personal expenditure of Madan ? 7 3
(1) Rs 1800 (2) Rs 2400 3 4
(3) Rs 3600 (4) Rs 4800 (3) 64 % (4) 78 %
5 7
56. In the year 2001, the price of article A is 20% more 63. A solution of 150 litres contains 60% of milk and
than the price of article B. In the year 2002, the the rest water. How much water must be added to
price of article A is 50% more than the prices of the above solutions such that the resulting mixture
article B. From 2001 to 2002, if the price of A has contains 50% of water (in lts)?
increased by 50%, by what percent has the price (1) 60 (2) 80
of B increased ? (3) 20 (4) 30
(1) 0 (2) 10 64. In an election there are three contestants A, B and
C. A secured 30% of the votes and B secured 60%
(3) 20 (4) 25
of the remaining votes. If C secured 14000 votes,
57. When the price of an article is increased by 15%, then by how many votes did the winner win the
the number of articles sold decreases by 20%. What election?
is the percentage change in the sales revenue ? (1) 5000 (2) 6000
(Sales revenue = price of each article × number of (3) 7000 (4) 8000
articles sold). 65. If 55% of the teachers in a school are gents and the
(1) 5% increase (2) 3% decrease number of lady teachers in the school is 90, then
(3) 8% increase (4) 8% decrease the total number of teachers in the school is
58. The population of a town increases by 25% annu- (1) 100 (2) 150
ally. If the present population is one crore, then (3) 200 (4) 250
what was the difference between the population 3 66. The population of a city increased at the rate of 20%
years ago and that 2 years ago? every year for the last three years. If present popu-
lation is 203904, then what was the population of
(1) 2500000 (2) 1280000
the city 3 years ago ?
(3) 1560000 (4) 2000000
(1) 119000 (2) 118000
59. Ravi has some money with him. He gave 50% of (3) 117000 (4) 116000
it to Rupa and 30% to Raju and 60% of the remain- 67. The total expenditure of a family in 1920 is Rs
ing was donated to a charity. If he is still left with 8,000. The cost of living index for the year 1920
Rs 8040, then the money he initially had was taking 1910 as the base year is 160. Then, the
________. expenditure of the family in the year 1910 was
(1) Rs 100000 (2) Rs 100500 __________.
(3) Rs 101000 (4) Rs 101500 (1) Rs 3000 (2) Rs 4000
(3) Rs 5000 (4) Rs 6000
60. The ratio of boys and girls in a class is 5 : 3. 20%
of the boys and 60% of the girls have passed in first 68. Kiran’s salary was first increased by 30% and then
class. What percentage of the class has passed in decreased by 30%. If the latest salary is Rs 2275,
then what was the original salary of Kiran ?
first class ?
(1) Rs 2275 (2) Rs 2425
(1) 35% (2) 32%
(3) Rs 2600 (4) Rs 2500
(3) 34% (4) 33%
14
Mathematics
69. When the price of an article is increased by p%, the 75. A manufacturer purchase a second hand machine
quantity of sales decrease by 10% but sales revenue for Rs 60000 and spends some amount towards
increases by 10%. find p repairs then its value goes upto Rs 90000. If de-
preciation is 10% p.a, what will be the value of the
2
(1) 20 (2) 22 machine after two years ?
9
(1) Rs 48600 (2) Rs 81000
2 (3) Rs 67200 (4) Rs 72900
(3) 18 (4) 30 76. A’s expenditure is 20% more than B’s expenditure.
11
B’s expenditure is 30% less than C’s expenditure.
70. The total expenditure of a school on certain con-
By what percentage is A’s expenditure less than C’s
sumable items was found to be Rs 50650 in the
expenditure ?
year 1972. If the cost of living index for the years
1975, taking 1972 as the base year, is 162.8, then (1) 16% (2) 12%
the expenditure of the school in 1975 is (3) 14% (4) 18%
(1) Rs 82458 (2) Rs 82458.20 5 3
(3) Rs 82458.40 (4) None of these 77. Two numbers x and y, are in the ratio : . By
6 4
71. In March Rohan’s mothly expenditure was 90% of
what percent is x more than y?
his monthly income. His monthly income increased
by 30% and his monthly expenditure increased by (1) 10% (2) 9.09%
20% when compared to the previous month. Find
the percentage increase in his monthly savings. (3) 12.5% (4) 11.11%
(1) 130% (2) 120% 78. Ramu saves 14% of his salary while Ramesh saves
(3) 110% (4) 125% 24%. If both get equal salaries and Ramesh saves
72. In the year 2000, rice formed 20% of total Rs 1440, then Ramu’s expenditure is ________.
foodgrain production in a country. In the next year, (1) Rs 5000 (2) Rs 5160
total foodgrain production increased by 20% and (3) Rs 6000 (4) Rs 7440
rice production was 25% of total foodgrain produc-
79. The side of square ABCD is 20% longer than the side
tion. What is the increase in the production of rice
of square PQRS. By what percentage is the area of
from 2000 to 2011 ?
ABCD more than the area of PQRS ?
(1) 25% (2) 50%
(3) 40% (4) 30% (1) 20% (2) 24%
73. In school X, the number of boys is more than that (4) 40% (4) 44%
of the girls by 40%. In school Y, the number of girls 80. Only two candidates, A and B, contested in an
is more than that of boys by 50%. If 50% boys in election. In the total of 20000 votes 10% were
school X is equal to 70% of girls in school Y, what invalid. A won the election by 3600 votes. What
is the ratio between number of students of school percentage of valid votes are secured by B ?
X and school Y? (1) 45% (2) 40%
(1) 24 : 25 (2) 16 : 17
(3) 30% (4) 35%

(3) 3 : 4 (4) 36 : 25
81. Raju’s salary was first increased by 10%, then
decreased by 20%. If the latest salary is Rs 17600,
74. Rate per kg (in Rs)
Quantity then find his original salary.
Commodity Base year Current year
(in kg) (1) Rs 15000 (2) Rs 10000
2005 2007
(3) Rs 20000 (4) Rs 18000
X 50 17 20
Y 10 50 60 82. If A is 50% more than B, then B is less than A by
Z 5 30 P ______.
1
The cost of living index for the year 2007 consid- (1) 33 % (2) 25%
3
ering the base year as 2005 is Rs 120. Find P.
(1) 36 (2) 40 2
(3) 45 (4) 50 (3) 50% (4) 66 %
3
15
Class X
83. Jacob and Mohan save 20% and 40% of their 85. Three commodities, their consumption and their
respective incomes. If their expenditures are equal, prices in the years 1985 and 1990 are listed be-
then what is the ratio of the incomes of Mohan and low:
Jacob ? Price in 1985 Price in 1990
Commodity Consumption
(1) 1 : 2 (2) 3 : 4 (in Rs/kg) (in Rs/kg)
(3) 2 : 1 (4) 4 : 3 Rice 90 kg 14.00 18.00
Wheat 150 kg 9.00 9.48
84. There are 3 numbers. The first and second numbers Tea 9 kg 75.00 100.00
are 20% and 40% more than the third number. What
percentage is the first number of the sum of the second The cost of living index for the year 1990 taking
1985 as base years is equal to _____.
and the third numbers ?
(1) 100 (2) 10
(1) 25% (2) 50% (3) 120 (4) 130
(3) 30% (4) 40%
ANSWER KEY
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans. 3 4 2 3 4 4 2 3 4 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 4 2 4 1
Que. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Ans. 2 4 4 2 1 3 1 4 3 2 4 3 3 4 3 3 4 3 3 1
Que. 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. 2 3 2 2 2 1 2 4 2 4 3 2 1 4 3 3 4 2 2 1
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
Ans. 1 4 4 2 3 2 3 4 2 2 2 2 4 2 4 1 4 2 4 2
Que. 81 82 83 84 85
Ans. 3 1 4 2 3
16
Mathematics
Profit, Loss and

CHAPTER
2
Discount
2.1 Formulae
(i) Profit = SP – CP
(ii) Loss = CP – SP
Profit SP – CP
(iii) Profit % = ×100% = ×100%
CP CP
Loss CP – SP
(iv) Loss % = ×100% = ×100%
CP CP
SP ×100 SP × 100
(v) CP = =
(100 + P%) (100 – L%)
CP(100+P%) CP(100 – L%)

(vi) SP = =
100 100
1.1
1. The cost price of a shirt is Rs.200 and selling price Rs.250. Calculate the % profit.
Solution
We have C.P. = Rs 200, S.P. = Rs. 250.
Profit = S.P. – C.P. = 250 – 200 = Rs.50.
Profit ´ 100
Profit% =
C.P.
Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\2.Profit, Loss and Discount (Th + Ex.).p65
50 ´ 100
= = 25%
200
2. Anu bought a necklace for Rs.750 and sold it for Rs.675. Find her percentage loss.
Solution
Here C.P. = Rs.750, S.P. = Rs.675.
Loss = C.P. – S.P. = 750 – 675 = Rs.75.
Loss ´ 100
\ Loss% =
C.P.
75 ´ 100
= = 10%
750
17
Class X
3. Mr. Sharma buys a cooler for Rs.4500. For how much should he sell so that there is a gain of 8%?
Solution
We have C.P. = Rs.4500, gain% = 8%.
æ 100 + Gain % ö
\ S.P. = ç ÷ × C.P..
è 100 ø
æ 100 + 8 ö
= ç ÷ × 4500
è 100 ø
108
= × 4500
100
= Rs.4860.
4. By selling a fridge for Rs.7200, Pankaj loses 10%. Find the cost price of the fridge.
Solution
We have, S.P. = Rs.7200, gain% = 10%.
æ 100 ö
\ S.P. = ç ÷ × S.P..
è 100 + Loss% ø
æ 100 ö
= ç ÷ × 7200
è 100 - 10 ø
100
= × 7200
90
= Rs.8000.
1
5. By selling a pen for Rs.99, Mohan gains 12 % . Find the cost price of the pen.
2
Solution
1
We have, S.P. = Rs.99, gain% = 12 % .
2
æ 100 ö
\ C.P. = ç ÷ × S.P..
è 100 + Gain% ø
æ ö
ç 100 ÷
= ç 25 ÷ × 99
ç 100 + ÷
è 2 ø
æ 100 ´ 2 ö
= ç ÷ × 99
è 225 ø
= Rs.88.
18
Mathematics
2.2
(i) Marked price = CP + Markup
(ii) Marked price = CP + (% markup on CP)
Note : Generally goods are sold at marked price, if there is no longer discount, then in this case
selling price equals to marked price.
Discount : Discount means reduction of marked price is sell at a lower rate or literally discount
means concession. It is calculated on the basis of marked price.
(iii) Selling price = Marked price – Discount
(iv) Selling price = Marked price (MP) – (% discount on MP)
Since marked price = CP + % markup on CP
Remember mark up is calculated on the basis of CP while discount is calculated on the basis of MP.
In general, CP < SP < MP at profit
CP = SP < MP at no profit no loss
SP < CP < MP at loss
Also
and
1.1
1. If the cost price of an article is Rs. 300 and the per markup is 20%. What is the marked price?
Solution
MP = CP + % markup on CP
æ 20 ö
= 300 + 300 ×ç ÷
è 100 ø
MP = Rs. 360
Alternatively : SP = 300 × 1.2 = 360
2. If the marked price of an article is Rs. 450 and markup percentage is 12.5%, what is the cost price?
Solution
MP = 112.5 of CP
112.5
450 = × CP
100
9
450 = × CP
8
CP = Rs. 400
19
Class X
3. If the marked price of an article is Rs. 660 and the discount percent is 10%, then what is the selling price of
the article?
Solution
SP = MP – Discount
10
SP = 660 – 660 ×
100
SP = 594
Alternatively: SP = 90% of MP
SP = 0.9 × 660
SP = 594
1 1
Alternatively: We can see that when SP is 10% (i.e., ) less than MP, it means MP is times greater than
10 9
SP.
10 æ 1 10 ö
Therefore MP = SP ç1 + 9 = 9 ÷
9 è ø
2.3
An article sold at selling price (SP1) at a loss x% is to be sold at selling price (SP2) to gain y%, then
SP1 (100 + Y)
SP2 =
(100 – x)
1.1
By selling a radio for Rs.1536, Suresh lost 20%. What percent shall he gain or lose by selling it for Rs.2000?
Solution
Here S.P1 = 1536, x = –20 (–ve sign indicates loss)
S.P2 = Rs.2000, y = ?
Using the formula,
SP1 SP2
=
100 + x 100 +y

1536 2000
we get, =
100 - 20 100 + y
2000 ´ 80 1
Þ 100 + y = = 104
1536 6
1
Þ y=4 %.
6
1
Thus, Suresh has a gain of 4 % by selling it for Rs. 2000.
6
2.4
y–x
If SP of x article = CP of y articles, then Gain % = × 100%. [If x < y it is gain, if x > y it is loss.]
x
20
Mathematics
1.1
1. If the S.P. of 12 article is equal to the cost price of 18 articles what is profit% ?
Solution
Here m = 18, n = 12
(m - n)
Profit % = × 100
n
18 - 12 6
= × 100 = × 100 = 50%.
12 12
2. If the S.P. of a dozen apple is equal to cost price of 9 apples, find gain or loss%?
Solution
Here m = 9, n = 12
æm -nö 9 - 12
Profit % = ç ÷ × 100 = × 100
è n ø 12
1
= × 100 = –25% (–ve) sign indicates loss.
4
2.5
If a man buys x items for Rs.y and sells z items for Rs.w, then the gain of loss percent made by him
æ xw ö
is ç – 1 ÷ × 100%
è zy ø
1.1
1. If 11 oranges are bought for Rs.10 and sold at 10 for Rs.11, what is the gain or loss%?
Solution
Q ua ntity Price
11 10
10 11
æ xw ö
% profit = ç - 1÷ × 100%
è zy ø
æ 11 ´ 11 ö
= ç - 1÷ × 100%
è 10 ´ 10 ø
21
= × 100% = 21%.
100
21
Class X
2. A fruit seller buys apples at the rate of Rs.12 per dozen and sells them at the rate of 15 for Rs.12. Find his
percentage gain or loss.
Solution
Q ua ntity Price
12 12
15 12
æ xw ö
% profit = ç - 1÷ ×100%
è zy ø
æ 12 ´ 12 ö
= ç - 1÷ ×100%
è 15 ´ 12 ø
36
= ×100% = –20%.
180
Since the sign is –ve, there is a loss of 20%
2.6
If ‘A’ sells an article to ‘B’ at a gain/loss of m% and ‘B’ sells it to ‘C’ at a gain/loss of n%. If ‘C’
pays Rs.z for it to ‘B’ then the cost price for ‘A’ is
é 1002 z ù
ê ú
ëê (100 + m) (100 + n) ûú
where m or n is –ve, of it indicates a loss, otherwise it is +ve.
1.1
1. Mohit sells a bicycle to Rohit at a gain of 10% and Rohit again sells it to Jyoti at a profit of 5%. If Jyoti pays
Rs.462 to Rohit, what is the cost price of the bicycle for Mohit?
Solution
Here m = 10, n = 5, z =Rs. 462.
Using the formula,
é 1002 z ù
C.P. = ê (100 + m) (100 + n) ú ,
ëê ûú
é 1002 ´ 462 ù
we get, C.P. for Mohit = ê (100 + 10) (100 + 5) ú
ë û
462 ´ 10000
= =Rs.400.
110 ´ 105
22
Mathematics
2. ‘A’ sells a DVD to ‘B’ at a gain of 17% and ‘B’ again sells it to ‘C’ at a loss of 25%. If ‘C’ pay Rs. 1053 to ‘B’,
what is the cost price of the DVD to ‘A’?
Solution
We have, m = 17, n = –25, z = Rs.1053.
\ Cost price of DVD to ‘A’
é 1002 z ù
= (100 + m) (100 + n) ú
ê
ë û
100 ´ 100 ´ 1053

=
(100 + 17)(100 - 25)
100 ´ 100 ´ 1053

= = Rs. 1200.
117 ´ 75
2.7
If ‘A’ sells an article to ‘B’ at a gain/loss of m% and ‘B’ sells it to ‘C’ at a gain/loss of n%, then the
resultant profit/loss percent is given by
æ mn ö
ç m + n + 100 ÷ ....(1)
è ø
where m or n is –ve, if it indicates a loss, otherwise it is +ve.
Note: The expression given by (1) represents resultant profit of loss accordingly as it is +ve of –ve.
1.1
Manoj sells s shirt to Yogesh at a profit of 15% and Yogesh sells it to Suresh at a loss of 10%. Find the resultant
profit or loss.
Solution
Here m = 15, n = –10
æ mn ö
Resultant profit/loss% = ç m + n + ÷
è 100 ø
æ 15x - 10 ö
= ç 15 - 10 +
è 100 ÷ø
æ 150 ö
= ç 15 - 10 + ÷
è 100 ø
7 1
= % or 3 %.
2 2
2.8
When two different articles are sold at the same selling price, getting gain/loss of x% on the first
and gain/loss of y% on the second, then the overall% gain or % loss in the transaction is given by
é 100(x + y) + 2xy ù
ê ú%
ë (100 + x) + (100 + y) û
The above expression represent overall gain or loss accordingly as its sign is +ve or –ve.
23
Class X
1.1
Mahesh sold two scooters, each for Rs.24000. If he makes 20% profit on the first and 15% loss on the second,
what is his gain of loss per cent in the transaction?
Solution
Here x = 20 and y = –15.
\ Over all gain/loss%
é 100(x + y) + 2xy ù
= ê ú%
ë (100 + x) + (100 + y) û
é 100(20 - 15) + 2 ´ 20 ´ -15 ù

= ê %
ë (100 + 20) + (100 - 15) úû
-100 20
= %=– %
205 41
which represents loss, being a –ve expression.
2.9
When two different articles are sold at the same selling price getting a gain of x% on the first and
loss of x% on the second, then the overall% loss in the transaction is given by
2
æ x ö
ç 10 ÷ %.
è ø
Note that in such questions there is always a loss.
1.1
Rajesh sold two horses for Rs.990 each; gaining 10% on the and losing 10% on the other. Find his total gain
or loss per cent.
Solution
Here x = 10.
2
æ x ö
\ Overall loss% = ç ÷ %
è 10 ø
2
æ 10 ö
= ç ÷ % = 1%.
è 10 ø
2.10
A mechant uses faculty measure and sells his goods at gain/loss of x%. The overall % gain/
loss(g) is given by
100 + g True measure

=
100 + x Faulty measure
Note: If the merchant sells his goods at cost price, then x = 0.
24
Mathematics
1.1
1. A dishonest shopkeeper professes to sell cloth at the cost price but he uses faulty metre rod. His metre rod
measures 95 cm only. Find his gain per cent.
Solution
Here True measure = 100 cm
False measure = 95 cm.
Since the shopkeeper sells the cloth at cost price,
\ x = 0.
\ Over all gain% is given by

= Faulty measure
100 + x
100 + g 100
Þ =
100 95
100 ´ 100
Þ 100 + g =
95
10000
Þ g= – 100
95
5
= 5 %.
19
2. A dishonest shopkeeper professes to sell goods at the cost price but he the uses a weight of 800g for the kg
weight. Find his gain per cent.
Solution
True measure = 1000 g
False measure = 800g
Also, x = 0.
\ Over all gain% is given by

= Faulty measure
100 + x
100 + g 1000
Þ =
100 800
1000 ´ 100
Þ 100 + g =
800
1000
Þ g= – 100 = 25%.
8
2.11
A merchant uses y% less weight/length and sells his goods at gain/loss of x%. The overall %
gain/loss in given by
éæ y + x ö ù
êç ÷ ×100 ú %.
ëè 100 – y ø û
25
Class X
1.1
A shopkeeper sells the goods at 44% loss on cost but uses 30% less weight. What is his percentage profit or
loss?
Solution
Here x = –44 and y = 30.
æ y+x ö
\ Over all gain/loss% = ç ÷ × 100%
è 100 - y ø
æ 30 - 44 ö
= ç 100 - 30 ´ 100 ÷ %
è ø
æ -14 ö
= ç ´ 100 ÷ % = –20%,
è 70 ø
which represents loss being a negative expression.
2.12
A person buys two items for Rs.A and sells one at a loss of l % and other at a gain of g %. If each
item was sold at the same price, then
(a) The cost price of the item sold at loss
A(100 + % gain)
=
(100 – % loss) + (100 + % gain)
(b) The cost price of the item sold at gain
A(100 – % loss)
=
(100 – % loss) + (100 + % gain)
1.1
Ramesh buys two books for Rs.410 and sells one at a loss of 20% and the other at a gain of 25%. If both the Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\2.Profit, Loss and Discount (Th + Ex.).p65
books are sold the same, find the cost price of two books.
Solution:
Cost price of the books sold at a loss of 20%
410(100 + 25)
=
(100 - 20) + (100 + 25)
410 ´ 125
= = Rs. 250.
80 + 125
Cost price of the book sold at a profit of 25%
410(100 - 25) 410 ´ 80

= (100 - 20) + (100 + 25) =
80 + 125
= Rs. 160.
26
Mathematics
2.13
If two successive discounts on an article are m% and n%, respectively, then a single discount
equivalent to the two successive discount will be
æ mn ö
ç m + n – 100 ÷ %.
è ø
1.1
1. Find a single discount equivalent to two successive discount of 10% and 20%.
Solution:
The equivalent single discount is given by
æ 10 ´ 20 ö
ç 10 + 20 - ÷ % i.e., 28%.
è 100 ø
2. Two shopkeepers sell machines at the same list price. The first allows two successive discounts of 30% and
16% and the second 20% and 26%. Which discount series is more advantageous to the purchaser?
Solution:
æ 30 ´ 16 ö
A single discount equivalent to the two successive discounts of 30% and 16% is ç 30 + 16 - ÷%
è 100 ø
æ 24 ö 1
or, ç 46 - ÷ % or 41 %
è 5 ø 5
æ 20 ´ 26 ö
Also, a single discount equivalent to the two successive discount of 20% and 26% is ç 20 + 26 - ÷%
è 100 ø
æ 26 ö 4
or, ç 46 - ÷ % or 40 .
è 5 ø 5
Clearly, the discount series being offered by the first shopkeeper is more advantageous to the purchaser.
2.14
If three successive discount on an article are l%, m% and n% respectively, then a single discount
equivalent to the three successive discounts will be
é (lm + ln + mn) lmn ù

êl + m + n – + ú%
ë 100 1002 û
1.1
Find a single discount equivalent to three successive discounts of 10%, 20% and 30%.
Solution:
The equivalent single discount is given by
æ (10 ´ 20 + 10 ´ 30 + 20 ´ 30) 10 ´ 20 ´ 30 ö
ç 10 + 20 + 30 - + ÷%
è 100 1002 ø
æ 6ö 496
i.e., ç 60 - 11 + ÷ % = % or 49.6%.
è 10 ø 10
27
Class X
2.15
A shopkeeper sells an item at Rs.z after giving a discount of d% on labelled price. Had he not
given the discount, he would have earned a profit of p% on the cost price.
The cost price of each item is given by
é 2 ù
100 z
C.P. = ê ú.
ëê (100 – d) (100 + p) ûú
1.1
Two shopkeepers sold sarees at Rs. 266 each after giving 5% discount on labelled price. Had he not given the
discount, he would have earned a profit of 12% on the cost price. What was the cost price of each saree?
Solution:
We have, labelled price z = Rs.266, discount d = 5% and profit p = 12%.
Using the formula
é 100 z
2 ù
C.P. = ê ú
êë (100 - d) (100 + p) úû
we get the cost price of each saree
é 100 ´ 100 ´ 266 ù

= ê (100 - 5) (100 + 12) ú
ë û
100 ´ 100 ´ 266

= 95 ´ 112 = Rs.250.
28
Mathematics
PROFIT, LOSS AND DISCOUNT SOLVED EXAMPLES
5. A shopkeeper sold goods for Rs. 2400 and made
1. Two successive discount of 10% and 20% equal to
a profit of 25% in the process. Find his profit
a single discount of
percent if he had sold his goods for Rs. 2040.
(1) 10% (2) 28% (1) 6.25% (2) 7%
(3) 40% (4) 30% (3) 6.20% (4) 6.5%
Sol. SP = 2400, Profit% = 25
æ 10 ´ 20 ö
Sol. ç 10 + 20 - ÷ = 28% SP 2400
è 100 ø
C.P. = (100 + P%) ×100 = ×100 = 1920
125
Which is less than 30%.
2. Find the single discount which is equal to three If sold at 2040, profit = 120 Rs.
successive discount of 10%, 20% and 30%.
120
Sol. Here first of all we will determine single discount, Profit % Þ × 100 = 6.25
1920
which is equal to two successive discounts of 10%
and 20%. 6. The cost price of a shirt and trouser is Rs. 371. If
the shirt costs 12% more than the trousers, find the
æ 10 ´ 20 ö cost price of the trouser.
10 + 20 - ç ÷ % = 20%
è 100 ø (1) Rs. 125 (2) Rs. 150
Now we will find a single discount which is equal (3) Rs. 175 (4) Rs. 200
to two successive discounts of 28% and 30% = Sol. Let CP of trouser be x Rs.
112x
æ 28 ´ 30 ö Now CP of shirt = Rs.
ç 28 + 30 - 100 ÷ % = 49.6% 100
è ø
According to given condition
3. By selling a watch for Rs. 495, a shopkeeper 112x 212
incures a loss of 10%. Find the cost price of the x+ = 371, x = 371,
100 100
watch for the shopkeeper. x = 175 Rs.
(1) Rs. 545 (2) Rs. 550 7. How much percent more than the cost price should
(3) Rs. 555 (4) None of these a shopkeeper mark his goods, so that after
allowing a discount of 12.5% he should have a gain
Sol. Here S.P. = 495 of 5% on his outlay?
Loss = 10% (1) 9.375 (2) 16.66%
SP (3) 20% (4) 25%
C.P. = × 100
(100 - Loss%) Sol. Let the cost price be x Rs. and printed price be y
Rs. Hence, price after giving a discount of 12.5%
495
CP = × 100 = 550 Rs. 12.5
90 =y–y×
100
4. By selling a cap for Rs. 34.40, a man gains 7.5%
percent. What will be the CP of the cap? 12.5 5
Given, = y – y × =x+x×
100 100
(1) Rs. 32.80 (2) Rs. 32
(3) Rs. 32.40 (4) Rs. 28.80 87.5 105
Þy× =x×
100 100
SP 105 105 17.5
Sol. C.P. = × 100 \y= xÞy–x= x–x= x
(100 + Gain % ) 87.5 87.5 87.5
Required Percentage
34.40
Þ × 100 = 32 y-x 17.5
107.5
= × 100 = × 100 = 20%
x 87.5
29
Class X
8. In order to maintain the price line, a trader allows
310 279 31
a discount of 10% on the marked price of goods in \ – = 6.2 Þ = 6.2
x x x
his shop. However, he still makes a gross profit of
17% on the cost price. Find the profit percent he 31
Þx= =5
would have made on the selling price had he sold 6.2
at the marked price. 9´ 5
(1) 23.07 (2) 30% \ Reduced Price = = Rs.4.5 per kg
10
(3) 21.21% (4) 25% 11. A man sells an articles at 5% above its price. If he
Sol. Let the cost price be x Rs. and marked price be y Rs. had bought it at 5% less what he paid for it and sold
10 17 it for Rs. 2 he would have gain/loss 10%. Find the
Given, y – y × =x+x×
100 100 cost of the article.
117 (1) Rs. 500 (2) Rs. 360

90 117
Þy× =x× Þy= x (3) Rs. 425 (4) Rs. 400
100 100 90
Sol. Let the cost price of the article = x Rs.
27
\ y–x= x Price when it is bought at 5% less than cost price
90
\ Required Percentage 5 95
=x–x× = x
27 100 100
y-x
= × 100 = × 100 = 30% Selling price when is sold for Rs. 2 less.
x 90
9. A owns a house worth Rs. 10,000. He sells it to B 5 105
at a profit of 15%. After some time, B sells it back =x+x× –2= x –2
100 100
to A 15% loss. Find A’s loss or gain percent.
(1) 2.25% gain (2) 6.25% gain 105 95 95 10
Given, x –2– x = x×
(3) 17.65% gain (4) 17.25% gain 100 100 100 100
Sol. Buying price of the House by B
10 95
15 Þ x –2= x
= 10000 + 10000 × = 11500 Rs. 100 1000
100
Price at which A buys house from B. 2 ´ 1000
\ x= = 400 Rs.
15 5
= 11500 – 11500 × = 11500 – 1725
100 12. A briefcase was sold at a profit of 10%. If its cost
= 9775 Rs. price was 5% less and it was sold for Rs. 7 more,
Hence A’s gain percent the gain would have been 20%. Find the cost price
of the briefcase.
11500 - 9775
= × 100 = 17.25%
10000 (1) Rs. 175 (2) Rs. 200
10. A reduction of 10% in the price of sugar enables a (3) Rs. 225 (4) Rs. 160
housewife to by 6.2 kg more for Rs. 279. Find the
Sol. Let the cost price = x Rs.
reduced price per kilogram.
(1) Rs.5 (2) Rs. 4.5 (3) Rs.4.05 (4) None 95
Price 5% less than cost price = x
Sol. Let original rate = Rs. x per kg 100
New rate = 90% of x
110
æ 90 ö 9x Selling price when sold for Rs. 7 more = x +7
x = Rs. ç x ÷ = Rs. 100
è 100 ø 10
279 110 95 95 20
Original quantity for Rs. 279 = Given, x +7 – x = x ×
x 100 100 100 100
10 310 20 7 ´ 500
New quantity = 279 × = Þ x = 7\ x = = 175 Rs.
9x x 500 20
30
Mathematics
13. A man sells a plot of land at 6% profit. If he had Sol. Let the cost of the two cycles be x and y Rs.
sold it at 10% profit, he would have received Rs. Then, x + y = 900 ...(i)
200 more. What is the selling price of the land?
4x 5y
(1) Rs. 5000 (2) Rs. 5300 Again, + – 900 = 90
5 4
(3) Rs. 4800 (4) Rs. 5500
Sol. Let the cost price of land = xRs. 4x 5y
Þ + = 990 ...(ii)
5 4
10 6
Given, x + x × =x+x + 200 Solving (i) & (ii), we get
100 100
x = 300, y = 600.
4x
Þ x+ = 200 15. A dishonest dealer professes to sell at cost price but
100
uses a 900 gram weight instead of a 1 kilogram
100 ´ 200 weight. Find the percent profit to the dealer.
Þ x= = 5000 Rs.
4
(1) 10% (2) 11.11%
Selling price of land
(3) 12.5% (4) None of these
6
5000 + 50000 × = 5300 Rs. Sol. Let the cost price be x Rs. per kg.
100
14. A man buys two cycles for a total cost of Rs. 900. 9
Then cost price of 900 gm = x
By selling one for 4/5 of its cost and other for 5/4 10
of its cost, he makes a profit of Rs. 90 on the whole Hence % profit
transaction. Find the cost price of lower priced
cycle. 9
x- x
(1) Rs. 360 (2) Rs. 250 10 × 100 = 100 % = 11.11%%
9 9
(3) Rs. 300 (4) Rs. 420 x
10
31
Class X
PROFIT, LOSS AND DISCOUNT EXERCISE

1. 1 gain 70 paise on Rs. 70. My gain percent is 9. A man sold 18 cots for Rs. 16800, gaining thereby
the cost price of 3 cots. The cost price of a cot is
(1) 0.1% (2) 1% (3) 7% (4) 10%
(1) Rs. 650 (2) Rs. 700
2. A shopkeeper sold an article for Rs. 2090.42.
Approximately, what will be the percentage profit (3) Rs. 750 (4) Rs. 800
if he sold that article for Rs. 2602.58 ? 10. A man buys 2 dozen bananas at Rs. 16 per dozen.
(1) 15% (2) 20% (3) 25% (4) 30% After selling 18 bananas at the rate of Rs. 12 per
dozen, the shopkeeper reduced the rate to Rs. 4
3. Jacob bought a scooter for a certain sum of money.
per dozen. The percent loss is :
He spent 10% of the cost on repairs and sold the
scooter for a profit of Rs. 1100. How much did he (1) 25.2% (2) 32.4%
spend on repairs if he made a profit of 20% ? (3) 36.5% (4) 37.5%
(1) Rs. 400 (2) Rs. 440 11. A man bought some fruits at the rate of 16 for Rs.
(3) Rs. 500 (4) Rs. 550 24 and sold them at the rate of 8 for Rs. 18. What
is the profit percent?
4. A property dealer sells a house for Rs. 6,30,000
and in the bargain makes a profit of 5%. Had he (1) 25% (2) 40% (3) 50% (4) 60%
sold it for Rs. 5,00,000, then what percentage of 12. A man buys eggs at 2 for Re. 1 and an equal number
loss or gain he would have made? at 3 for Rs. 2 and sells the whole at 5 for Rs. 3. His
gain or loss percent is :
1
(1) 2 % gain (2) 10% loss
4 2 6
(1) 2 % loss (2) 3 % gain
7 7
1 1
(3) 12 % loss (4) 16 % loss
2 3 2 6
(3) 3 % loss (4) 2 % gain
7 7
5. The ratio of the cost price and the selling price is
4 : 5. The profit percent is : 13. By selling 12 toffees for a rupee, a man loses 20%.
(1) 10% (2) 20% (3) 25% (4) 30% How many for a rupee should he sell to get a gain
of 20%?
6. If selling price is doubled, the profit triples. Find
the profit percent : (1) 5 (2) 8 (3) 10 (4) 15
14. Arun purchased 30 kg of wheat at the rate of Rs.
2
(1) 66 % (2) 100% 11.50 per kg and 20 kg of wheat at the rate of Rs.
3 14.25 per kg. He mixed the two and sold the
mixture. Approximately what price per kg should
1 Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\2.Profit, Loss and Discount (Th + Ex.).p65
(3) 105 % (4) 120% he sell the mixture to make 30% profit?
3
(1) Rs. 14.80 (2) Rs. 15.40
7. The profit earned by selling an article for Rs. 900 (3) Rs. 16.38 (4) Rs. 18.20
is double the loss incurred when the same article is
15. A shopkeeper professes to sell his goods at cost
sold for Rs. 450. At what price should the article
price but uses a weight of 800 gm instead of
be sold to make 25% profit?
kilogram weight. Thus, he makes a profit of :
(1) Rs. 600 (2) Rs. 750
(3) Rs. 800 (4) Data inadequate 2
(1) 20% (2) 16 %
8. If the cost price of 12 pens is equal to the selling 3
price of 8 pens, the gain percent is :
(3) 25% (4) None of these
1 16. A fair price shopkeeper takes 10% profit on his
(1) 25% (2) 33 %
3 goods. He lost 20% goods during theft. His loss
2 percent is :
(3) 50% (4) 66 %
3 (1) 8 (2) 10 (3) 11 (4) 12
32
Mathematics
17. A house worth Rs. 1,50,000 is sold by X to Y at 24. Find the selling price of an article if a shopkeeper
5% profit. Y sells the house back to X at 2% loss. allows two successive discounts of 5% each on the
Then, in the entire transaction : marked price of Rs. 80.
(1) X loses Rs. 1350 (2) X gains Rs. 3150 (1) Rs. 70.10 (2) Rs. 70.20
(3) X loses Rs. 4350 (4) X gains Rs. 4350 (3) Rs. 72 (4) Rs. 72.20
25. A tradesman marks his goods 30% above the C.P.
13
18. Rahul purchased a scooter at of its selling price
15 1
If he allows a discount of 6 %, then his gain
and sold it at 12% more than its selling price. His 4
gain is : percent is :
3 7
(1) 20% (2) 29 % (1) 21 % (2) 22%
13 8
1 3
(3) 30% (4) 38 % (3) 23 % (4) None of these
13 4
19. If 5% more is gained by selling an article for Rs. 26. At what price should a shopkeeper mark a radio
350, than by selling it for Rs. 340, the cost of the that costs him Rs. 1200 in order that he may offer
article is : a discount of 20% on the marked price and still
make a profit of 25% ?
(1) Rs. 50 (2) Rs. 160
(1) Rs. 1675 (2) Rs. 1875
(3) Rs. 200 (4) Rs. 225
(3) Rs. 1900 (4) Rs. 2025
20. The difference between the cost price and sale price
of an article is Rs. 240. If the profit is 20%, the 27. A shopkeeper earns a profit of 12% on selling a
selling price is : book at 10% discount on the printed price. The
ratio of the cost price to the printed price of the
(1) Rs. 1240 (2) Rs. 1400
book is :
(3) Rs. 1600 (4) None of these
(1) 45 : 56 (2) 50 : 61
2 (3) 55 : 69 (4) 99 : 125
21. A businessman sold of his stock at a gain of
3
28. A tradesman gives 4% discount on the marked price
20% and the rest at a gain of 14%. The overall and gives 1 article free for buying every 15 articles
percentage of gain to the businessman is : and thus gains 35%. The marked price is above
(1) 12% (2) 17% the cost price by :
(3) 18% (4) 20% (1) 20% (2) 39% (3) 40% (4) 50%
22. Two-third of a consignment was sold at a profit of 29. On selling 17 balls at Rs 720, these is a loss equal
5% and the remainder at a loss of 2%. If the total to the cost price of 5 balls the cost price of a ball is
profit was Rs. 400, the value of the consignment (1) Rs.45 (2) Rs. 50
(in Rs.) was (3) Rs. 55 (4) Rs. 60
(1) 10,000 (2) 12,000
30. If a commission of 10% is given on the written price
(3) 15,000 (4) 20,000 of an article, the gain is 20%. If the commission· is
23. An article was sold for Rs. y after giving a discount increased to 20%, the gain is :
of x%. Then, its list price is :
2 1
100y 100y (1) 6 % (2) 7 %
(1) (2) 3 4
100 – x 1–x
100y 1 1
(3) (4) None of these (3) 12 % (4) 13 %
1 – (x /100) 2 3
33
Class X
31. A dealer purchases 22 pencils for Rs. 20 and sells 41. If the list price of an article be x and the price after
them at the rate of 10 pencils for Rs. 11. His profit discount be (x– y) then the rate of discount is
percent is .
100y
(1) 10% (2) 20% (3) 21% (4) 22% (1) y% (2) %
x
32. By selling a ceiling fan for Rs. 475. A dealer loses
100x
5%. To get a gain of 5%, he should sell the fan for. (3) % (4) 100 y%
y
(1) Rs. 575.00 (2) Rs. 525.00
42. If a commission of 10% is given on the marked
(3) Rs. 522.50 (4) Rs. 498.75
price, the gain is 50%. If the commission is increased
33. A cycle is sold at 20% gain. If it had been sold at to 25% the gain will be.
20% loss, the selling price would have been Rs.
120 less. The cost price of the cycle is (1) 25% (2) 35% (3) 40% (4) 25%
(1) Rs. 500 (2) Rs.300 43. A man sold a watch for Rs. 600 at a loss. Had he
(3) Rs. 250 (4) Rs. 200 sold it for Rs. 750, his gain would have been double
of the former loss. The cost price of the watch is
34. A dishonest shopkeeper uses false balance and
cheats a customer by giving 20% less quantity of (1) Rs. 800 (2) Rs.700
food. His profit is (3) Rs. 670 (4) Rs 650
(1) 80% (2) 75% (3) 25% (4) 20%
44. The marked price of a watch was Rs. 720. A man
35. Ram sold a watch to Shyam at a gain of 5% and bought the same for Rs. 550.80 after getting two
Shyam sold it to Hari at a gain of 4%. If Hari paid successive discounts, the first being 10%. What was
Rs. 1092 for it, the price paid by Ram is the second discount rate?
(1) Rs. 993.72 (2) Rs. 996
(1) 12% (2) 14% (3) 15% (4) 18%
(3) Rs. 1000 (4) Rs. 995.90
45. A retailer buys 30 articles from a wholesaler at the
36. The cost of 10 copies of a book equals the selling
price of 27. If he sells them at their marked price,
price of 8 copies. What is the percentage of gain
the gain percent in the transaction is
or loss incurred?
(1) 30% gain (2) 25% loss 1
(1) 9 % (2) 10%
(3) 25% gain (4) 30% loss 11
37. If a man reduces the selling price of a fan from
400 to Rs. 300, his loss increases by 20%. The 1 2
(3) 11 % (4) 16 %
cost price of the fan in rupees is : 9 3
(1) 600 (2) 480
46. By selling an umbrella for Rs, 300, a shopkeeper
(3) 500 (4) None of these gains 20%. During a clearance sale, t he
38. A dealer sold a VCR for Rs. 10800 at loss of 20%. shopkeeper allows a discount of 10% on the marked
At what price should he have sold it to gain 12.5%? price. His gain percent during the sale is :
(1) Rs. 15450 (2) Rs. 15580 (1) 7 (2) 7.5 (3) 8 (4) 9
(3) Rs. 15625 (4) Rs 15187.50
47. The cost price of an article is 64% 'of the marked
39. A man buys an old car for Rs. 33000 and sells it at price. Calculate the gain percent after allowing a
a gain of 2%. If his overhead expenses are 1% he discount of 12%.
sold the care for nearly
(1) 37.5% (2) 48% (3) 50.5% (4) 52%
(1) Rs.33990.00 (2) RS.33993.80
(3) RS.33995.10 (4) Rs.33996.60 48. A shopkeeper allows a discount of 10% on the
marked price of an item but charges a sales tax of
40. The list price of a T.V. is Rs. 14400. It is sold for
8% on the discounted price. If the customer pays
two successive discounts of 25% and 10%, it will
Rs. 680.40 as the price including the sales tax,
sell for
then what is the marked price of the item ?
(1) Rs.9580 (2) Rs.9600 (1) Rs. 630 (2) Rs. 700
(3) Rs.9720 (4) Rs.9880 (3) Rs. 780 (4) None of these
34
Mathematics
49. At what percent above the cost price must a 57. A shopkeeper sold a T.V. set for Rs. 17,940 with a
shopkeeper mark his goods so that he gains 20% discount of 8% and earned a profit of 19.6%. What
even after giving a discount of 10% on the marked would have been the percentage of profit earned if
price? no discount was offered?
(1) 25% (2) 30% (1) 24.8% (2) 25%
1 1 (3) 26.4% (4) None of these
(3) 33 % (4) 37 %
3 2
58. A shopkeeper sells 25 articles at Rs. 45 per article
2 after giving 10% discount and earns 50% profit. If
50. By selling an article at of the marked price,
5 the discount is not given, the profit gained is :
there is a loss of 25%. The ratio of the marked
price and the cost price of the article is :
2
(1) 2 : 5 (2) 5 : 2 (1) 60% (2) 60 %
3
(3) 8 : 15 (4) 15 : 8
51. A trader marked the selling price of an article at 2
(3) 66% (4) 66 %
10% above the cost price. At the time of selling, he 3
allows certain discount and suffers a loss of 1%. He
59. A shopkeeper sold sarees at Rs. 266 each after
allowed a discount of :
giving 5% discount on labelled price. Had he not
(1) 9% (2) 10% (3) 10.5% (4) 11%
given the discount, he would have earned a profit
52. A shopkeeper fixes the marked price of an item of 12% on the cost price. What was the cost price
35% above its cost price. The percentage of discount of each saree?
allowed to gain 8% is :
(1) Rs. 240 (2) Rs. 260
(1) 20% (2) 27% (3) 31% (4) 43%
53. A trader marked his goods at 20% above the cost
price. He sold half the stock at the marked price, one 60. A shopkeeper sold an article offering a discount of
quarter at a discount of 20% on the marked price 5% and earned a profit of 23.5%. What would have
and the rest at a discount of 40% on the marked been the percentage of profit earned if no discount
price. His total gain is : was offered?
(1) 2% (2) 4.5% (3) 13.5% (4) 15% (1) 24.5 (2) 28.5
54. The labelled price of a cupboard is Rs. 6500. The (3) 30 (4) None of these
shopkeeper sold it by giving 5% discount on the
61. Komal buys an article at a discount of 25%. At
labelled price and earned a profit of 15%. What
what percentage above the cost price should he
approximately is the cost price of the cupboard?
sell it to make a profit of 25% over the original list
(1) Rs. 5000 (2) Rs. 5370
price?
(3) Rs. 5600 (4) Rs. 5800
(1) 25 (2) 30
55. Kunal bought a suitcase with 15% discount on the
(3) 40 (4) 66.67
labelled price. He sold the suitcase of Rs. 2880
with 20% profit on the labelled price. At what price 62. Tarun got 30% concession on the labelled price of
did he buy the suitcase. an article and sold it for Rs. 8750 with 25% profit
(1) Rs. 2040 (2) Rs. 2400 on the price he bought. What was the labelled price?
(3) Rs. 2604 (4) Rs. 2640 (1) Rs. 10,000 (2) Rs. 12,000
56. A shopkeeper sells a badminton racket, whose (3) Rs. 16,000 (4) None of these
marked price is Rs. 30, at a discount of 15% and
gives a shuttle cock costing Rs. 1.50 free with each 63. A bag marked at Rs. 80 is sold for Rs. 68. The rate
racket. Even then he makes a profit of 20%. His of discount is
cost price per racket is
(1) 12% (2) 15%
(1) Rs. 19.75 (2) Rs. 20
11
(3) Rs. 21 (4) Rs. 21.25 (3) 17 % (4) 20%
17
35
Class X
64. A shopkeeper sells two watches for Rs. 308 each. 65. Vipin sold two horses for Rs. 3990 each. On one
On one he gains 12% and on the other, he loses he gained 5% and on the other he lost 5 percent.
12%. His gain or loss percent in the whole transaction His net gain or loss is
is :
(1) No loss no profit
11 (2) Rs. 20 loss
(1) No loss no profit (2) 1 % loss
25
(3) Rs. 20 gain
11 2
(3) 1 % profit (4) 3 % loss (4) None of these
25 25
ANSWER KEY
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
A ns . 2 3 3 4 3 2 2 2 4 4 3 4 3 3 3
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
A ns . 4 2 2 3 4 3 3 1 4 1 2 1 4 4 1
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
A ns . 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 2 1 4 3 3
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
A ns . 3 1 2 3 4 2 1 1 2 1 2 4 4 4 3
Que. 61 62 63 64 65
A ns . 3 1 2 2 2
36
Mathematics
Partnership, Mixtures
CHAPTER
3
and Alligations
3.1 Mixtures
Definition
Mixtures are generally of two types. When two different ingredients are mixed together, it is known
as simple mixture, e.g. a mixture of water and milk; water and pure spirit.
When two or more simple mixtures (made of same ingredients of same or different proportions)
are mixed together to form another mixture, it is known as a compound mixture.
3.2 Alligation Rule
Alligation literally means “linking”. The alligation rule states that,
‘What different quantities of same or different ingredients, of different cost (value) are mixed together
to produce a mixture of a mean cost (value), the ratio of their quatities are inversely proportional
to the differences in their cost from the mean cost (value)’
Quantity of smaller cost ingredient Larger cost – Mean cost

=
Quantity of larger cost ingredient Mean cost – Smaller cost
Let C1 = cost price of 1st ingredient

C2 = cost price of 2st ingredient
Now, these two ingredient are mixed to produce a mixture such that
Cm = cost price of the mixture (mean price)
Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\3.Partnership, Mixtures and Alligations (Th + Ex.).p65
then, the ratio of the quantity of two ingredients to produce this mixture is given by:
quantity of 1st ingredient C2 – Cm

nd
=
quantity of 2 ingredient C m – C1
Diagram Representation
C1 C2
q1 Cm q2
C2 – Cm Cm – C1
q1 C2 – C m
=
q1 C m – C1
37
Class X
3.3
To Find the Quantity of Ingredients in the Mixture of Given Amount
æ q1 ö
From formula, we have obtained the ratio of ingredients i.e. ç q ÷ .
è 2ø
Now, if the amount of the mixture = Q, then,
q1
quantity of 1st ingredient in the mixture = ´Q
q1 + q2
q2
and quantity of 2st ingredient in the mixture = ´Q
q1 + q2
This formula is known as Ratio–Quantity Rule.
1.1
1. In what propotion must a grocer mix teas sold @ Rs 1.02/kg and Rs 1.44/kg so as to make a mixture worth Rs
1.26/kg?
Solution
As per Alligation Rule,
quantity of cheaper tea q (1.44 – 1.26) 1.02 1.44

= 1 =
quantity of dearer tea q2 (1.26 – 1.02)
q1 q2
1.26
.18
=
.24
(1.44 – 1.26) (1.26 – 1.44)
3
=
4
\ proportion of two kinds of tea to be mixed (to get a mixture worth Rs 1.26/kg) is 3 : 4.
2. How much salt (in kg) worth 42 P per kg must mix with 25 kg of salt worth 24 P per kg so that he may, on
selling the mixture at 40 P per kg, gain 25% on the outlay?
Solution

Here, selling price of the mixture has been given, but alligation rule is applied on the cost price of mixture as
well as on cost price of ingredients.
40
Cost price of the mixture = ´ 100 = 32 P per kg.
125
By applying rule of Alligation now,
42 24
quantity of dearer salt q1
quantity of cheaper salt = q
2 q1 32 q2
32 - 24
=
42 - 32 (32 – 24) (42 – 32)
8 4
= =
10 5
The proportion of 4: 5 indicates that every 5 kg of cheaper salt (24 P) is to be mixed with 4 kg of dearer salt
(42 P) to produce the mean mixture (32 P).
Þ 25 kg of cheaper salt (given) is to be mixed with 20 kg of dearer salt (42 P).
Hence the required amount of dearer salt (42 P) is 20 kg.
38
Mathematics
3.4
Alligation Rule for a Mixture of Three Ingredients
When three ingredients with cost prices C1,C2 and C3 respectively are mixed to form a mixture of
mean price (or cost price) Cm, then
Memory tips
q1 = proportion of 1 ingredient = (C2 – Cm) (C3 – Cm)
st
(here, cost of q1 absent)
q2 = proportion of 2nd ingredient = (Cm – C1) (C3 – Cm) (here, cost of q2 absent)
q3 = proportion of 3rd ingredient = (C2 – Cm) (Cm – C1) (here, cost of q3 absent)
q1 : q2 : q3 = (C2 – Cm) ´ (C3 – Cm) : (Cm – C1) ´ (C3 – Cm) : (C2 – Cm) ´ (Cm – C1)
Similarly, after finding out the proportion, for the different ingredients, the required quantities
can be found out as :
q1
q1 = quantity of 1st ingredient = ´ amount of mixture
(q1 + q2 + q 3 )
q2
q2 = quantity of 2nd ingredient = ´ amount of mixture
(q1 + q2 + q 3 )
q3
q3 = quantity of 3rd ingredient = ´ amount of mixture
(q1 + q2 + q 3 )
1.1
In what proportion may three kinds of cashewnuts worth Rs 327, Rs 329 and Rs 332 per kg be mixed to
produce a mixture worth Rs 330/kg?
Solution
Here, C1 = Rs 327
C2 = Rs 329
Cm = Rs 330
C3 = Rs 332
Using the formula, we have
q1 : q2 : q3 = (C2 – Cm) (C3 – Cm) : (Cm – C1) (C3 – Cm) : (C2 – Cm) (Cm – C1)
= 1 ´2 : 3 ´2 : 1 ´ 3
= 2:6:3
This ratio of three kinds of cashewnuts can also be found out by following shor-cut method.
3.5 Mean Value (Or Cost Price) of the mixture
Case I
When two ingredients A and B are mixed
q1 and q2 ® Quantities of A and B respectively
C1 and C2 ® Cost price of A and B respectively
Mean value (cost price) is given by
C1 × q1 + C2 × q 2
Cm* =
q1 + q2
* It is similar to finding the average of two ingredients with different cost price and quantities.
Note : (i) q1 and q2 may also be in ratio form (in proportion) in the above formula.
(ii) Above formula can also be derived from the Alligation Rule
Case II
When more than two ingredients are mixed
( C1 × q1 + C2 × q2 + ... + Cn × qn )
Cm =
( q1 + q2 + .... + qn )
39
Class X
1.1
A man mixes 6 kgs of tea worth Rs 6 per kg and 4 kgs of tea worth Rs 7 per kg and the mixture is sold at 10%
profit. Find the selling price per kg of the mixture.
Solution
6´ 6 + 4´ 7
Mean value (cost price) of the mixture =
6+ 4
= Rs 6.4 per kg.
Sale price per kg of the mixture = 1.1 ´ 6.4
= Rs 7.04 per kg.
3.6 Six golden rules to solve problems on mixture

Assumptions
(a) In Ratio form: There is one given mixture of P kg (say) having two ingredients A and B in the
ratio a : b.
OR
(b) In Percentage form: There is one given mixture of P kg (say) containing two ingredients A and B.
Ingredient A is m% of the mixture.
Rule 1
Quantity of each ingredient is to be found out by using the Ratio-Quantity Rule
a
e.g. Quantity of A = ´ P, as per the assumption in (a)
a+b
b
Quantity of B = ´P
a+b
Rule 2
This rule is applicable when the quantity of any ingredient is expressed as percentage of the
mixture
[as per the assumptions (b)]
e.g. quantity of A = m% of P, as per assumption (b) and quantity of B = (100 – m)% of P.
Rule 3
If x kg (say) of any ingredient is added to the mixture, then in the final, that particular ingredient

increases by x kg and the amount of mixture also increases by x kg, but the quantity of other
ingredient remains unchanged.
e.g. (a) In Ratio form : Let x kg of ingredient A be added to the mixture, then
æ a ö
Quantity of A çP × a + b ÷ + x
è ø
new ratio of A and B = = [Refer Rule-1]
Quantity of B b
P×
a+b
(a) In Percentage form : Let x kg of ingredient A be added to the mixture,
New quantity of A
then new % of A in the mixture = ´ 100%
Amount of mixture
m% of P + x
Þ % of A in the mixture = ´ 100% [See Assumption (b)]
P+x
Similarly,
Quantity of B
new % of B in the mixture = ´ 100%
Amount of mixture
(100 – m ) % of P
new % of B in the mixture = ´ 100%
P+x
40
Mathematics
1.1
In ratio form
1. The ratio of milk and water in a mixture of 35 litres is 4 : 1. How much water must be add to the mixture so that
the ratio of milk and water be 3 : 2 ?
Solution
In this problem, we are concerned with ratio of milk and water,
Quantity of milk
i.e.
Quantity of water
Quantity of milk 4
It is given that =
Quantity of water 1
Now, say, x litres of water is added to 35 litres of mixture to obtain the say ratio as 3 : 2
4
´ 35
Quantity of milk 1+ 4 3
Þ = =
Quantity of water æ 1 ö 2
ç 1 + 4 ´ 35 ÷ + x
è ø
28 3
Þ =
7+ x 2
2
Þ x = 11 litres
3
2
Hence, 11 litres of water must be added to the mixture.
3
2. The ratio of milk and water–milk mixture is 2 : 3. How much water should be added to 60 litres of the mixture
to make the ratio of milk and mixture as 1 : 3 ?
Solution
In this problem, we are concerned with the ratio of milk and mixture.
Quantity of milk 2
i.e. Quantity of mixture = 3 (given)
Now, say, x litres of water is added to 60 litres of mixture to obtain new ratio as 1 : 3. The quantity of mixture
becomes (60 + x)
2
Quantity of milk ´ 60
Þ 3+ 2 1
Quantity of mixture = =
60 + x 3
Þ x = 60 litres
Therefore, 60 litres of water should be added.
In percentage form
3. In 70 litres of a mixture of milk and water, the quantity of water is 10%. How much water should be added so
that new mixture may contain 25%.
Solution
Quantity of water = 10% of mixture = 10% of 70 litres
Let the quantity of to be added = x litres
(10%of 70) + x
\ new percentage of water in the mixture = ´ 100% = 25%
( 70 + x)
New percentage of water = 25% (given)
(10%of 70) + x
Þ ´ 100 = 25
70 + x
7+ x 1
Þ =
70 + x 4
Þ x = 14 litres
Hence the quantity of water to be added = 14 litres.
41
Class X
4. Ram adds 1 litre of water to 5 litres of a 20% solution, of alcohol in water. What is the final strength of alcohol?
Solution
The problem asks to find the final strength of alcohol i.e. % alcohol in solution. Here one litre of water is only
added.
alcohol
Hence, we are concerned with the
solution
quantity of alcohol
\ Required final strength of acohol = quantity of solution ´ 100%
20% of 5
= ´ 100%
5+1
1 litre of water added increases the solution by 1 litre
1
= ´ 100%
6
2
= 16 %
3
Rule 4
Rule two mixture with same ingredients are mixed, then the quantity of each ingredient in each
mixture in found separately and these added to find the quantity in the final mixture.
e.g. One mixture of P kg contains A and B in the ratio a : b
Another mixture of Q kg contains A and B in the ratio x : y
Now, these two mixtures are mixed to form a new mixture.
In the new mixture (final mixture),
quantity of A quantity of A in first mixture + in second mixture

=
quantity of B quantity of B in first mixture + in second mixture

æ a ö æ x ö
ç a + b ÷P +ç x + y ÷Q
è ø è ø
= (Using Rule-1)
æ b ö æ y ö
ç a + b ÷P +ç x + y ÷Q
è ø è ø
Similarly, in percentage form,

if ingredient A is m% in the P kg of first mixture
and ingredient A is n% in the Q kg of second mixture,
then, in the final mixture, containing these two mixture,
(quantity of A in first mixture + in second mixture)

the new % of A = ´ 100%
amount of mixture
(m% of P + n% of Q)
= ´ 100% (Using Rule-2)
(P + Q)
42
Mathematics
1.1
In two alloys, the ratio of copper and zinc are 3 : 4 and 5 : 8. If 14 kg of first alloy and 26 kg of second alloy
are mixed, then find the ratio of copper and zinc in the new allow.
Solution
Alloy 1 Alloy 2 New Alloy
3 5 3 5
Copper — ´ 14 ´ 26 ´ 14 + ´ 26
7 13 7 13
4 8 4 8
Zinc — ´ 14 ´ 26 ´ 14 + ´ 26
7 13 7 13
The required ratio of copper and zinc in the new alloy
3 5
´ 14 + ´ 26
Quantity of copper 7 13 6 + 10 2
= Quantity of Zinc = 4 8 = =
´ 14 + ´ 26 8 + 16 3
7 13
Rule 5*
When two mixtures are mixed, then the ratio of the quantities of each mixture in the final (new)
mixture can be found by applying Alligation Rule to the parts of same ingredient in the two
mixtures and also in the final mixture.
1.1
Two vessels contain spirit and water mixed respectively in the ratios 3 : 1 and 5 : 3. Find the ratio in which
these are to be mixed to get a new mixture in which the ratio of spirit to water is 2 : 1.
Solution
Let us consider the parts of spirit in both the given mixtures and also in the new mixture.
3 3
The parts of spirit in the first mixture = =
3+1 4
5 5
The parts of spirit in the second mixture = =
5+3 8
2 2
The parts of spirit in the new mixture = =

2+1 3
*Note : The difference in the application of Rule-4 and Rule-5. As the Rule-4 is used to find the quantity of
each ingredient in the final mixture, but the Rule-5 is to find the quantity of each mixture in the final
mixture.
By applying Alligation Rule,
Quantity of Mixture I in the new mixture
Quantity of Mixture II in the new mixture 3/4 5/8
2 5
-
3 8 I 2/3 II
= 3 2
-
4 3
1 (2/3 – 5/8) (3/4 – 2/3)
=
2
Rule required ratio of two mixture is 1 : 2
Rule 6
Two mixtures of the same ingredients are mixed.
If x kg (say) of any ingredient A is added to the above mixture, then the value of x can be found out
by the folloowing equation:
x + quantity of A in Mix I + quantity of A in Mix II = quantity of A in new mixture.
43
Class X
1.1
In two mixture, spirit and water are related in the ratios of 3 : 5 and 7 : 4, 24 gallons of mixture I, 44 gallons
of mixture II and 25 gallons of spirit are mixed together. What is the final ratio of spirit and water ?
Solution
Here, 25 gallons of spirit is added to the mixture.
\ quantity of spirit in both the mixtures and in the final mixture is to be considered.
Let the ratio of spirit and water in the final mixture be m : n.
New, as per question
quantity of spirit in Mix I + spirit in Mix II + pure spirit = quantity of spirit in final mixture (By Rule-6)
æ 3 ö æ 7 ö m
Þ ç ´ 24 ÷ + ç ´ 44 ÷ + 25 = (24 + 44 + 25)
è 3+ 5 ø è7+ 4 ø m +n
9 + 28 + 25 m
Þ =
24 + 44 + 25 m+ n
m 2
Þ =
m+ n 3
m 2
Þ =
n 1
Therefore, the final ratio of spirit and water is 2 : 1
3.7 Removal and replacement by equal amount
Case I
Removal of an amount from a mixture
Let the mixture contain A and B
Amount of mixture = M

Now, ‘x’ unit of mixture is taken out and replaced by an equal amount of any ingredient, say B.
So, amount of mixture taken out = x
This process (of taking out and replacing) is repeated ‘n’ times
n
amount of A * left out é xù
= ê1 – ú
amount of A originally present ë Mû
(at the start of operation)

Amount of B left out = M – amount of A left out.
*because replacement is done by equal amount of B, so, the formula finds ‘amount of A left out’
first.
1.1
A seven litre vessel contain a mixture of milk and water, milk being 49% of total volume. A few litres of the
mixture is taken out and replaced by equal amount of water. This process is repeated twice and now the milk
is 9% only. How many litres of mixture is taken out each time?
44
Mathematics
Solution
Let the amount of mixture taken out each time = x litres.
Number of operations = 2 [Here, mixture is replaced by water]
Using the formula,
amount of milk left 2

æ xö
= ç 1- ÷
amount of milk originally è Mø
2
9% V æ xö
Þ = ç1 - ÷
49% V è 7ø
2
9 æ xö
Þ = ç1 - ÷
49 è 7ø
x 3
Þ 1- =
7 7
Þx=4
Therefore, 4 litres of mixture are taken out each time.
Case II
Removal of an amount from an ingredient
Unlike case I, here, initially there is one ingradient only and a certain amount of it is taken out at
the first instance and replaced by an equal amount of another ingredient. Then again, same
amount of mixture is taken out in the second operation and replaced by the same ingredient.
Let the vessel contain only ingredient A.
Amount of A initially present = a, say
In first operation, amount of A taken out = x and replaced by another ingredient, say B
In second operation, amount of mixture taken out = x and replaced by B
¯
(after first operation, amount of A removed is replaced by equal amount of second ingredient B,
so, before second operation, A gets mixed with the second ingredient, B. Hence, in second opera-
tion, we cannot take only A, but we take out a mixture of A and B).
If this operation of taking out and replacing with equal amount of B* is repeated ‘n’ times,then
n
Amount of A * remaining é xù
= ê1 – ú
Amount of A initially present ë a û
n
é xù
Amount of A remaining = a ê1 – ú
ë a û
and,
n
é xù
Amount of A remaining ê1 – a ú
= ë û
Amount of B remaining xù
n
é
1 – ê1 – ú
ë aû
Because replacement is done by equal amount of B, so, the formula finds ‘amount of A
remaining’ first
45
Class X
1.1
Nine litres are drawn from a flask full of juice and it is then filled with water. Nine litres of the mixture are
withdraw and the flask is again filled with water. The ratio of quantity of juice now remaining at the flask to
that of the water in it is 16 : 9. How does the flask hold?
Solution
Let the capacity of flask = litres (which is equal to amount of juice initially present).
Using the formula,
n
æ xö
Amount of A remaining ç1 - ÷
è aø
Amount of B remaining = n
æ xö
1 - ç1 - ÷
è aø
The process is repeated twice, i.e. n = 2

Amount withdrawn each time = x = 9
2
æ 9ö
16 ç1 - ÷
aø
= è 2
Þ 9 æ 9ö
1 - ç1 - ÷
è aø
2 2
16 16 æ 9ö æ 9ö
Þ - ç1 - ÷ = ç1 - ÷
9 9è aø è aø
2
16 25 æ 9ö
Þ = ç1 - ÷
9 9è aø
2
æ 9ö 16
Þ ç1 - ÷ =
è aø 25
Þ a = 45
Therefore, the capacity of flask = 45 litres.
3.8 Partnership

When more than one person invests in the same business jointly, the “profit or loss is shared in
the ratio of the investments of the partners.” The persons who invest money are called Partners.
Investment and Share
(i) If there is profit in the business run by A and B then,
Amount of investment of A × No. of months invested by A Profit of A

=
Amount of B's investment × No. of months invested by B Profit of B
A's Monthly Equivalent of Investment (MEI) Profit of A

Þ =
B's Monthly Equivalent of Investment (MEI) Profit of B
(ii) If more than two persons invest money in a business then, MEI of A : MEI of B : MEI of C = Profit
for A : Profit for B : Profit for C
(iii) If there is loss in business,
MEI of A : MEI of B : MEI of C = Loss of A : loss of B : loss of C.
(iv) If the number of months invested or period of investment is the same for each partner, then, A’s
investment : B’s investment : C’s investment = A’s profit : B’s profit : C’s profit
46
Mathematics
1.1
1. A and B together invested Rs 12,000 in a business. At the end of the year, out of a total profit of Rs 1,800,
A’s share was Rs 750. What was the investment of A ?
Solution
Since profits are shared in the ratio of their investments
A' s Investment profit share of A

B' s Investment = profit share of B (Money invested by A and B for the same period)
750 750 5
= = =
1800 - 750 1050 7
5
\ Investment of A = ´ 12000 = Rs 5,000.
5+7
2. A started a business with a capital of Rs 10,000 and 4 months later, B joined him with a capital of Rs 5,000.
What is the share of A in the total profit of Rs 2,000 at the end of the year ?
Solution
Pr ofit of A MEI of A Amount ´ No. of months

Pr ofit of B = MEI of B = Amount ´ No. of months
10,000 ´ 12 3
= =
5000 ´ 8 1
3
\ Profit share of A = ´ 2000 = Rs 1,500
3+1
3. In a business, A, B, and C invested Rs 380, Rs 400 and Rs 420 respectively. Divide a net profit of Rs. 180
among the partners.
Solution
A’s profit : B’s profit : C’s profit = A’s investment : B’s investment : C’s investment
= 380 : 400 : 420 = 19 : 20 : 21
19
Profit share of A = ´ 180 = Rs 57
60
20
Profit share of B = ´ 180 = Rs 60
60
21
Profit share of C = ´ 180 = Rs 63
60
47
Class X
Partnership, Mixtures And Alligation SOLVED EXAMPLES
1. A vessel is filled with liquid, 3 parts of which are water 3. A can contains a mixture of two liquids A and B is
and 5 parts syrup. How much of the mixture must the ratio 7 : 5. When 9 litres of mixture are drawn
be drawn off and replaced with water so that the off and the can is filled with B, the ratio of A and B
mixture may by half water and half syrup becomes 7 : 9. How many litres of liquid A was
contained by the can initially ?
1 1 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 3 3 3 (1) 10 (2) 20
Sol. Suppose the vessel initially contains 8 litres of liquid. (3) 21 (4) 25
Let x litres of this liquid be replaced with water.
Sol. Suppose the can intially contains 7x and 5x of mix-
æ 3x ö
Quantity of water in new mixture = ç 3 - + x÷ tures A and B respectively.
è 8 ø
æ 5x ö æ 7´ 9 ö
litres Quantity of syrup in new mixture = ç 5 - Quantity of A in mixture left = ç 7x - litres
è 8ø
÷ è 12 ÷ø
æ 3x ö æ 5x ö
litres \ ç 3 - + x÷ = ç 5 - ÷ æ 21 ö
è 8 ø è 8ø = ç 7x - ÷ litres.
è 4ø
Þ 5x + 24 = 40 – 5x
Þ 10x = 16
æ 5´9ö
Quantity of B in mixture left = ç 7x - litres
8
Þ x= . è 12 ÷ø
5
æ8 1ö 1 æ 15 ö
So, part of the mixture replaced = ç ´ ÷ = . = ç 5x - ÷ litres.
è5 8ø 5 è 4ø
2. Tea worth Rs. 126 per kg and Rs. 135 per kg are
mixed with a third variety in the ratio 1 : 1 : 2. If æ 21 ö
ç 7x - ÷
mixture is worth Rs. 153 per kg, the price of the è 4ø 7
\ æ 15 ö =
third variety per kg will be: ç 5x - ÷ 9
è 9ø
(1) Rs. 169.50 (2) Rs. 170
(3) Rs. 175.50 (4) Rs. 180
28x - 21 7

Sol. Since first and second varieties are mixed in equal Þ =
20x + 21 9
proportions.So, their average price = Rs.
æ 126 + 135 ö Þ 252x – 189 = 140x +147
ç ÷ = Rs. 130.50
è 2 ø Þ 112x = 336
So, the mixture is formed by mixing two varienties, Þ x = 3.
one at Rs. 130.50 kg and the other at say, Rs. x per So, the can contained 21 litres of A.
kg in the ratio 2 : 2, i.e., 1 : 1. We have to find x. By
4. A milk vendor has 2 cans of milk. The first contains
the rule of alligation, we have:
25% water and the rest milk. The second contains
Cost of 1 kg of 1st kind Cost of 1 kg tea of 2nd kind 50% water. How much milk such should he mix from
Rs. 130.50 Mean Price Rs. x each of the containers so as to get 12 litres of milk
(x – 153) Rs. 153 22.50 such that the ratio of water to milk is 3 : 5?
(1) 4 litres, 8 litres
x - 153
\ =1 (2) 6 litres, 6 litres
22.50
(3) 5 litres, 7 litres
Þ x – 153 = 22.50
Þ x = 175.50 (4) 7 litres, 5 litres
48
Mathematics
Sol. Let the cost of 1 litre milk be Re. 1 Sol. Let C.P. of 1 litre milk be Re. 1
3 Then, S.P. of 1 litre of mixture = Re. 1, Gain =

Milk in 1 litre mix. in 1st can = litre,
4
æ 100 ö 4
25%. C.P. of 1 litre mixture = Re. ç ´ 1÷ =
3 è 125 ø 5
C.P. of 1 litre mix. in 1st can Re.
4 By the rule of alligation, we have: C.P. of 1 litre of
milk : C.P. of 1 litre of water
1
Milk in 1 litre mix. in 2nd can = litre, Re. 1 Mean Price 0
2
4 4 1
1 Re.
C.P. of 1 litre mix. in 2nd can Re. 5 5 5
2
By the rule of alligation, we have: 4 1
\ Ratio of milk to water = : = 4 : 1.
C.P. of 1 litre mixture in 1 can : C.P. of 1 litre
st 5 5
mixture in 2nd can
Hence the percentage of water in mixture
3 1
Mean Price æ1 ö
4 2
ç 5 ´ 100 ÷ % = 20%
è ø
1 5 1
8 8 8 7. How many kilogram of sugar costing Rs. 9 per kg
must be mixed with 27 kg of sugar costing Rs. 7
1 1 per kg that there may be a gain of 10% by selling
\ Ratio of two mixtures = : = 1 : 1.
8 8 the mixture at Rs. 9.24 per kg ?
So, quantity of mixture taken from each can = (1) 36 kg (2) 42 kg
æ1 ö (3) 54 kg (4) 63 kg
ç ´ 12 ÷ = 6 litres.
è 2 ø Sol. S.P. of 1 kg of mixture = Rs. 9.24, Gain 10%.
5. In what ratio must a grocer mix two varieties of
pulses co sting Rs. 15 and Rs. 20 per kg æ 100 ö
\ C.P. of 1 kg of mixture = Rs. ç ´ 9.24 ÷
respectively so as to get a mixture worth Rs. 16.50 è 110 ø
kg ?
= 8.40
(1) 3 : 7 (2) 5 : 7
By the rule of alligation, we have:

(3) 7 : 3 (4) 5 : 5
C.P. of 1 kg sugar of 1st kind : Cost of 1 kg sugar
Sol. By the rule of alligation :
of 2nd kind
Cost of 1 kg pulses of 1st kind : Cost of 1 kg of
Rs. 9 Mean Price Rs. 7
2nd kind
1.40 Rs. 8.40 0.60
Rs. 15 Mean Price Rs. 20
3.50 Rs. 16.50 1.50 Let x kg of sugar of 1st be mixed with 27 kg of
2nd kind,
\ Required rate = 3.50 : 1.50 = 7 : 3.
\ Ratio of quantities of 1st and 2nd kind
6. A dishonest milkman professes to sell his milk at cost
price but he mixes it with water and thereby gains = 14 : 6 = 7 : 3
25%. The percentage of water in the mixture is : then, 7 : 3 = x : 27
1
(1) 4% (2) 6 % æ 7 ´ 27 ö
4 Þx= ç ÷ = 63 kg.
è 3 ø
(3) 20% (4) 25%
49
Class X
8. A container contains 40 litres of milk. From this con- 11. Find the ratio in which rice at Rs. 7.20 per kg be
tainer 4 litres of milk was taken out and replaced mixed with rice at Rs. 5.70 per kg to produce a
by water. This process was repeated further two mixture worth Rs. 6.30 per kg.
times. How much milk is now contained by the con- (1) 1 : 3 (2) 2 : 3 (3) 3 : 4 (4) 4 : 5
tainer? Sol. By the rule of alligation:
Cost of 1 kg of 1st kind : Cost of 1 kg of 2nd kind
(1) 26.34 litres (2) 27.36 litres
720g Mean Price 570 p
(3) 28 litres (4) 29.16 litres 60 630 p 90
Sol. Amount of milk left after 3 operations \ Required ratio = 60 : 90 = 2 : 3.
12. In what ratio must a grocer mix two varieties of tea
é æ 3
4ö ù worth Rs. 60 per kg and Rs. 65 per kg so that by
= ê 40 ç 1 - 40 ÷ ú litres selling the mixture at Rs. 68.20 per kg he may gain
ëê è ø ûú
10%?
(1) 3 : 20 (2) 3 : 4 (3) 3 : 5 (4) 4 : 5
æ 9 9 9ö Sol. S.P of 1 kg of the mixture = Rs. 68.20, Gain = 10%.
= ç 40 ´ ´ ´ ÷ = 29.16 litres.
è 10 10 10 ø
æ 100 ö
C.P. of 1 kg of the mixture = Rs. ç ´ 68.20 ÷ =
9. A jar full of liquid contains 40% alcohol. A part of è 110 ø
this liquid is replaced by another containing 19% Rs. 62. By the rule of alligation, we have:
alcohol and now the percentage of alcohol was found Cost of 1 kg tea of 1st kind. : Cost of 1 kg tea of 2nd
kind.
to be 26%. The quantity of liquid replaced is :
Rs 60 Mean Price Rs. 65
1 2 2 3 3 Rs. 62 2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 3 5 5 \ Required ratio = 3 : 2.
13. The cost of Type 1 rice is Rs. 15 per kg and Type
Sol. By the rule of alligation, we have :
2 rice is Rs. 20 per kg. If both Type 1 and Type
Strength of 1st jar : Strength of 2nd jar 2 are mixed in the ratio of 2 : 3, then the price
40 % Mean strength 19 % per kg of the mixed variety of rice is:
(1) Rs. 18 (2) Rs. 18.50
7 26 % 14
(3) Rs. 19 (4) Rs. 19.50
So, ratio of 1st and 2nd quantities = 7 : 14 = 1 : 2
Sol. Let the price of the mixed variety be Rs. x per kg. By
2 rule of alligation, we have:
\ Required quantity replaced = Cost of 1 kg of Type 1 rice : Cost of 1 kg of Type
3
2 rice
10. In what ratio must water be mixed with milk to gain Rs 15 Mean Price Rs. 20

2 (20 – x) Rs. x (x – 15)
16 % on sellingt the mixture at cost price?
3 (20 - x) 2
\ =
(x - 15) 3
(1) 1 : 6 (2) 6 : 1 (3) 2 : 3 (4) 4 : 3
Þ 60 – 3x = 2x – 30
Sol. Let C.P. of 1 litre milk be Re. 1.
Þ 5x = 90
50 Þ x = 18.
S.P. of 1 litre of mixture = Re.1, Gain = %.
3 14. A merchant has 1000 kg of sugar, part of which he
sells at 8% profit and the rest at18% profit. He gains
æ 3 ö 6 14% on the whole. The quantity sold at 18% profit is:
\ C.P. of 1 litre of mixture = ç 100 ´ ´ 1÷ =
è 350 ø 7
(1) 400 kg (2) 560 kg
By the rule of alligation, we have: (3) 600 kg (4) 640 kg
C.P. of 1 litre of water : C.P. of 1 litre of milk Sol. By the rule of alligation, we have :
0 Mean Price Re. 1 Profit on 1st part : Profit on 2nd part
1 6 6 8% Mean Price 18 %
Re. 4 14% 6
7 7 7
Ratio of 1st and 2nd parts = 4 : 6 = 2 : 3
1 6
\ Ratio of water and milk = : = 1 : 6. æ3 ö
7 7 \ Quantity of 2nd kind = ç ´ 1000 ÷ kg = 600 kg.
è 5 ø
50
Mathematics
15. A, B and C enter into a partnership . ‘A’ contrib- 1
Sol. A : B = 1 : 1 = 3 :
utes Rs 320 for 4 months, ‘B’ contributes Rs 510 2
for 3 months, and ‘C’ contributes Rs 270 for 5
months. If the total profit is Rs 208, find the profit = A B C
share of the partners.
Sol. A’s profit : B’s profit : C’s profit = MEI of A : MEI
of B : MEI of C 3
B:C= 1 :1 =7 : 4
4
= 320 ´ 4:510 ´ 3:270 ´ 5
= 1280 : 1530 : 1350 \ A:B:C=3´7:2´7:2´7:2´4
= 21 : 14 : 8
= 128 : 153 : 135
8
128 128 \ share of C = ´ 1290
\ Profit of A = ´ 208 = 21 + 14 + 8
(128 + 153 + 135) 416 = Rs 240.
´ 208 = Rs 64
19. A and B invest Rs 3,000 and Rs 4,000 in a busi-
153 ness. A receives Rs 10 per month out of the profit
Profit of A = ´ 208 = Rs 76.50
416 as a remuneration for ranning the business and the
135 rest of profit is divided in proportion to the invest-
Profit of A = ´ 208 = Rs 67.50 ments. If in a year ‘A’ totally receives Rs 390, what
416
does B receives ?
16. A,B and C enter into partnership with a total of Rs
Sol. Total profit – Remuneration = Balance profit.
8,200. A’s capital is Rs 1,000 more than B’s and
Rs 2,000 less than C’s. What is B’s share of the year’s This balance profit is divided in proportion to their
profit of Rs 2,460? investments.
Sol. Given A = B + 1,000 = C – 2,000 Balance profit of A Investment of A

Þ C = B + 3,000 Balance profit of B = Investment of B
\ A + B + C = (B + 1,000) + B + (B +
3,000) = Rs 8,200 (given) 390 - 10 ´ 12 3000 3
\ 3B + 4,000 = 8,200 Þ Balance profit of B = =
4000 4
B = Rs 1,400 (Since remuneration of A is Rs 10 per month)
1,400 270
\ Share of profit of B = ´ 2,460 Þ Balance profit of B = 4 ´ = Rs 360.
8,200 3
= Rs 420 Since B does not get any remuneration, hence B

17. Three hikers A, B and C start on a trip with Rs 5 receives Rs 360 at the end of the year.
each and agree to share the expenses equally. If at 20. What amount of money is divided between A, B and
the end of the trip, A has Rs 20 left with him, B Rs 30 C if B and C together get Rs 100 and A gets twice
and C Rs 40, how must they settle their accounts ? as much as B while C with A gets Rs 150?
Sol. They start with total of Rs (50 ´ 3) = Rs 150 and they Sol. Given, B + C = 100
return after the trip with (20 + 30 + 40) = Rs 90 So, to
and A + C = 150
90
settle their accounts, each person must have Rs = \ A = 2B, \ 2B + C = 150
3
Þ B + (B + C) = 150
Rs 30 with them. Hence C must pay Rs 10 to A.
(Since B + C = 100)
18. Rs 1,290 is divided between A, B and C so that A’s
\ B = 150 – 100 = 50
1 3
share is 1 times B’s and B’s share is 1 times, \ A + B + C = (A + C) + B = 150 + 50
2 4
= Rs 200.
C. What is C’s share?
51
Class X
21. A and B entered into partnership with capitals in 23. The share of A in a partnership is Rs 1,000 more
1 than that of B, but capital of A is invested for 8
the ratio of 4 : 5. After 3 months, A withdrew of months while capital of B for 12 months. If the share
4
1 of A of the yearly profits is the same as that of B,
his capital and B with drew of his capital. The then what is the capital of A?
5
gain at the end of 10 months was Rs 760. Find their MEI of A Profit of A
shares of profit. Sol. =
Sol. Ratio of capitals of A and B are 4 : 5 MEI of B Profit of B
Let, the capitals of A and B be Rs 4x and 5x Capital of A ´ 8 1
respectively. Hence, monthly equivalent of invest- Þ =
(Capital of A - 1000 ´ 12) 1
ment (MEI) of A,
é 3ù \ Capital of A = Rs. 3,000
= [3 ´ 4x] + ê7 ´ 4x ´ ú = 33x 24. A, B and C invest Rs 4,000, 5000 and 6000
ë 4û
respectively in a business and A gets 25% of profit
3 for managing the business, the rest of profit is
(Since A invested ´ 4x for 7 months) divided by A, B and C in proportion to their invest-
4
ment. If in a year, A gets Rs 200 less than B and C
Similarly, monthly equivalent of investment of B, together, what was the total profit prove for that year?
é 4ù Sol. After giving 25% of the total profit amount to A for
= [3 ´ 5x] + ê7 ´ 5x ´ ú = 43x managing the business, the rest 75% of total profit
ë 5û
is divided amoung A, B and C in proportion to their
4 investments.
(Since B invested ´ 5x for 7 months)
5 In 75% of total profit, A’s share : B’s share : C share
= 4,000 : 5,000 : 6,000 = 4 : 5 : 6
Profit share of A MEI of A 33x
\ Profit share of B = MEI of B = 43x \ 75% of total profit = 4x + 5x + 6x
33 15x
\ Profit of A = (33 + 43) ´ 760 = Rs 330 \ Total profit = = 20x
75%
43 \ Share of A = 4x + 25% of 20x = 9x
Profit of B = (33 + 43) ´ 760 = Rs 430 Share of B = 5x
22. Three student A, B and C hired a computer for a Share of C = 6x
month. ‘A’ runs 27 floppy discs for 19 days, B runs Given, (5x + 6x) – 9x = 200 Þ x =100
21 for 17 days and C runs 24 for 23 days. If at the
\ Total profit = 20x = 20 ´ 100 = Rs 2,000.
end of the month, the rent amounts to Rs 23,700,
how much ought to be paid by each? 25. Two partners invested Rs 1,250 and Rs 850 respec-

Sol. Floppy-days = No. of floppies ´ days run tively in a business. Both the partner distribute 60%
of the profit equally and distribute the rest 40% as
Here,
the interest on their capitals. If one partners received
A’s floppy-days : B’ floppy-days : C’s floppy-days Rs 30 more than the other, find the total profit.
= A’s payment for rent : B’s payment for rent : C’s
Sol. Since 60% of the profit is distributed equally so, one
payment for rent.
partner recives Rs 30 more than the other only due
27 ´ 19 : 21 ´ 17 : 24 ´ 23 = A’s rent : B’ rent : to distribution of rest 40% of the basis of their in-
C’s rent. vested capitals.
(171) : (119) : (184)
\ Payment for rent by A' s 40%profit 1250 25
\ B' s 40%profit = =
850 17
171
A= ´ 23,700 = Rs 8,550
(171 + 119 + 84) A' s 40%profit + B' s 40%profit 25 + 17
Þ A' s 40%profit - B' s 40%profit =
25 - 17
119
Payment for rent by B = ´ 23,700
474 40% of profit 42
Þ =
= Rs 5,950 30 8
184 42 100
Payment for rent by C = ´ 23,700 Þ Profit = ´ 30 ´ = Rs 393.75
474 8 40
= Rs 9,200
\ Total profit is Rs 393.75.
52
Mathematics
1 1
26. In a partnership, A invests of the capital for
6 6
1 1
of the time, B invests of the capital for of the
3 3
time and C, the rest of the capital for whole time.
Find A’s share of the total profit of Rs 2,300.
1 1 1
Sol. Capital of C = 1 – - =
6 3 2
Let the total time be 12 months

\ A’s profit : B’s profit : C’s profit = MEI of
A : MEI of B : MEI of C
1 æ1 ö 1 æ1 ö 1
= ´ ç ´ 12 ÷ : ´ ç ´ 12 ÷ : ´ 12
6 è6 ø 3 è3 ø 2
1 4
= : :6
3 3
= 1 : 4 : 18
1
\ Share of A = ´ 2300 = Rs. 100.
1 + 4 + 18
53
Class X
Partnership, Mixtures And Alligation EXERCISE

1. A, Band C started a business by investing Rs. 7. A, B and C enter into a partnership by investing in
1,20,000, Rs. 1,35,000 and Rs. 1,50,000 the ratio of 3: 2: 4. After one year, B invests another
respectively. Find the share of each, out of an annual Rs. 2,70,000 and C, at the end of 2 years, also
profit of Rs. 56,700. invests 2,70,000. At the end of three years, profits
(1) Rs. 16800, 18900, 21000 are shared in the ratio of 3 : 4 : 5. Find the initial
investment of each.
(2) Rs. 18900, 21000, 16900
(1) Rs. 270000, 360000, 18000
(3) Rs. 21000, 18900, 16000
(2) Rs. 360000, 180000, 270000
(4) None of these
(3) Rs. 260000, 350000, 180000
2. Alfred started a business investing Rs. 45,000. After
(4) Rs. 270000, 180000, 360000
3 months, Peter joined him with a capital of Rs.
8. P and Q started a business investing Rs. 85,000
60,000. After another 6 months, Ronald joined
and Rs. 15,000 respectively. In what ratio the profit
them with a capital of Rs. 90,000. At the end of earned after 2 years be divided between P and Q
the year, they made a profit of Rs. 16,500. Find respectively?
the share of each. (1) 3 : 4 (2) 3 : 5
(1) 6600, 6600, 3300 (3) 15 : 23 (4) None of these
(2) Rs. 3300, 6600, 6000 9. Anand and Deepak started a business investing Rs.
(3) Rs. 6000, 3300, 6600 22,500 and Rs. 35,000 respectively. Out of a total
(4) None of these profit of Rs. 13,800, Deepak's share is :
3. A, B and C start a business each investing Rs. (1) Rs. 5400 (2) Rs. 7200
20,000. After 5 months A withdrew Rs. 5000, B (3) Rs. 8400 (4) Rs. 9600
withdrew Rs. 4000 and C invests Rs. 6000 more. 10. A, B, C enter into a partnership investing Rs.
At the end of the year, a total profit of Rs. 69,900 35,000, Rs. 45,000 and Rs. 55,000 respectively.
was recorded. Find the share of each. The respective shares of A, B, C in an annual profit
(1) Rs. 20500, 28200, 21200 of Rs. 40,500 are:
(2) Rs. 20500, 21200, 28200 (1) Rs. 10,500, Rs. 13,500, Rs. 16,500
(3) Rs. 21200, 20500, 28000 (2) Rs. 11,500, Rs. 13,000, Rs. 16,000
(4) Rs 28500, 20000, 28200 (3) Rs. 11,000, Rs. 14,000, Rs. 15,500
(4) Rs. 11,500, Rs. 12,500, Rs. 16,500
4. A, B and C enter into partnership. A invests 3 times
11. Reena and Shaloo are partners in a business. Reena
as much as B invests and B invests two-third of what
invests Rs. 35,000 for 8 months and Shaloo invests

C invests. At the end of the year, the profit earned
Rs. 42,000 for 10 months. Out of a profit of Rs.
is Rs. 6600. What is the share of B ?
31,570, Reena's share is :
(1) Rs. 1000 (2) Rs. 2000
(1) Rs. 9471 (2) Rs. 12,628
(3) Rs. 1200 (4) Rs 1400 (3) Rs. 18,040 (4) Rs. 18,942
5. Four milkmen rented a pasture. A grazed 24 cows 12. Kamal started a business investing Rs. 9000. After
for 3 months; B 10 cows for 5 months; C 35 cows five months, Sameer joined with a capital of Rs.
for 4 months and D 21 cows for 3 months. If A's 8000. If at the end of the year, they earn a profit
share of rent is Rs. 720, find the total rent of the of Rs. 6970, then what will be the share of Sameer
field. in the profit?
(1) Rs. 3150 (2) Rs. 3250 (1) Rs. 1883.78 (2) Rs. 2380
(3) Rs. 3100 (4) Rs 3200 (3) Rs. 3690 (4) Rs. 3864
6. A invested Rs. 76,000 in a business. After few 13. Simran started a software business by investing Rs.
months, B joined him with Rs. 57,000. At the end 50,000. After six months, Nanda, joined her with
of the year, the total profit was divided between a capital of Rs. 80,000. After 3 years, they earned
them in the ratio 2 : 1. After how many months did a profit of Rs. 24,500. What was Simran's share in
B join ? the profit ?
(1) Rs. 9423 (2) Rs. 10,250
(1) 4 month (2) 6 month
(3) 8 month (4) 3 month (3) Rs. 12,500 (4) None of these
54
Mathematics
14. A and B started a business in partnership investing 21. Avinash invested an amount of Rs. 25,000 and
Rs. 20,000 and Rs. 15000, respectively. After six started a business. Jitendra joined him after one
months, C joined them with Rs. 20,000. What will year with an amount of Rs. 30,000. After two years
be B's share in the total profit of Rs. 25,000 earned from starting the business they earned the profit
at the end of 2 years from the starting of business? of Rs. 46,000. What will be Jitendra share in the
profit ?
(1) Rs. 7500 (2) Rs. 9000
(1) Rs. 14,000 (2) Rs. 12,000
(3) Rs. 9500 (4) Rs. 10,000
(3) Rs. 7,66,67 (4) None of these
15. Aman started a business investing Rs. 70,000.
22. Mr. Nilesh Agarwal opened a workshop investing
Rakhi joined him after six months with an amount
Rs. 40,000. He invested additional amount of Rs.
of Rs. 1,05,000 and Sagar joined them with Rs.
10,000 every year. After two years his brother
1.4 lakhs after another six months. The amount of
Suresh joined him with an amount of Rs. 85000.
profit earned should be distributed in what ratio
Therefore Suresh did not invest any additional
among Aman, Rakhi and Sagar respectively, 3
amount. On completion of four years from the
years after Aman started the business? opening of workshop they earned an amount of
(1) 7 : 6 : 10 Rs. 1,95,000. What will be Nilesh's share in the
(2) 12 : 15 : 16 earning ?
(3) 42 : 45 : 56 (1) Rs. 85,000 (2) Rs. 1,10,000
(4) Cannot be determined (3) Rs. 1, 35,000 (4) Rs. 95,000
16. Arun, Kamal and Vinay invested Rs. 8000, Rs. 23. A invests Rs. 3000 for one year in a business. How
4000 and Rs. 8000 respectively in a business. Arun much B should invest in order that the profit after
left after six months. If after eight months, there 1 year may be divided into ratio of 2 : 3 ?
was a gain Rs. 4005, then what will be the share of (1) Rs. 2000 (2) Rs. 1800
Kamal? (3) Rs. 3600 (4) Rs. 4500
(1) Rs. 890 (2) Rs. 1335 24. Three friends A, B and C started a business by
(3) Rs. 1602 (4) Rs. 1780 investing amount in the ratio of 5 : 7 : 6 respectively.
After a period of six months C withdrew half of
17. A, B and C enter into a partnership. They invest
the amount invested by him. If the amount invested
Rs. 40,000, Rs. 80,000 Rs. 1,20,000 respectively.
by A is Rs. 40, 000 and the total profit earned
At the end of the first year, B withdraws Rs. 40,000
at the end of one year is Rs. 33,000, what C's
while at the end of the second year, C withdraws
share is profit ?
Rs. 80,000. In what ratio will the profit be shared
(1) Rs. 9,000 (2) Rs. 12,000
at the end of 3 years?
(3) Rs. 11,000 (4) Rs. 10,000
(1) 2 : 3 : 5 (2) 3 : 4 : 7
25. Mr. Shivkumar started a business investing Rs.

(3) 4 : 5 : 9 (4) None of these
25,000 in 1996. In 1997 he invested an additional
18. A,B,C invested Rs. 1260, Rs. 840, Rs. 2100 amount of Rs. 10,000 and Mr. Rakesh joined him
respectively in a partnership business share of profit with an amount of Rs. 35,000. In 1998 Mr.
of C in a total profit of Rs. 2420 is Shivkumar invested another additional amount of
(1) 726 (2) 484 Rs. 10,000 and Mr. Rakesh joined him with an
(3) 1210 (4) 1110 amount of Rs. 35,000. What will be Rakesh's share
19. In a business A invested Rs. 2000 for 6 month, B in the profit of Rs. 1,50,000 earned at the end of
invested Rs. 4000 for 3 months, C invested Rs. 3000 three years from the start of business in 1996 ?
for 4 months. They divides a profit of Rs. 3300 in (1) Rs. 70,000 (2) Rs. 60,000
the ratio of their investment, then share of A is (3) Rs. 45,000 (4) None of these
(1) 3600 (2) 800 26. A and B started business with Rs. 3000 and Rs.
(3) 1000 (4) 1100 4000 respectively. After 8 months A withdraws Rs.
20. A and B invest in a business in the ratio 3 : 2. If 5% 1000 and B advances Rs. 1000 more. At the end
of the total profit goes to charity and A's share is of the year, their profits amounted to Rs. 630. Then
the share of A is :
Rs. 855, the total profit is :
(1) Rs. 180 (2) Rs. 360
(1) Rs. 1425 (2) Rs. 1500
(3) Rs. 200 (4) Rs. 240
(3) Rs. 1537.50 (4) Rs. 1576
55
Class X
27. Prabodh bought 30 kg of rice at the rate of Rs. 8.50 34. A mixture contains spirit and water in the ratio
per kg and 20 kg of rice at the rate of Rs. 9.00 3 : 2. If it contains 3 litres more spirit than water,
per kg. He mixed the two. At what price (approx.) the quantity of spirit in the mixture is :
per kg should he sell the mixture in order to get 20% (1) 10 litres (2) 12 litres
profit ? (3) 8 litres (4) 9 litres
(1) Rs. 9.50 (2) Rs. 8.50
35. A container contains 240 litres of wine, 80 litres
(3) Rs. 10.50 (4) Rs. 12.00
is taken out of the container everyday and an equal
28. Prabhu purchased 30 kg. of rice at the rate of Rs.
quantity of water is put into it. Find the quantity of
17.50 per kg. and another 30 kg. rice at a certain
the wine that remains in the container at the end
rate. He mixed the two and sold the entire quantity
of the fourth day.
at the rate of Rs. 18.60 per kg. and made 20
percent overall profit. At what price per kg. did (1) 39.2 litres (2) 32 litres
he purchase the lot of another 30 kg. rice ? (3) 42.5 litres (4) 47.40 litres
(1) Rs. 14.50 (2) Rs. 12.50 36. A vessel contains 50 litres milk. The milkman
(3) Rs. 15.50 (4) Rs. 13.50 delivers 10 litres to the first house and adds an
29. A and B started a business jointly. A's investment equal quantity of water. He does exactly the same
was thrice the investment of B and the period of at the second and third house. What is the ratio
his investment is twice that of B. If B received Rs. of milk and water when he has finished delivering
4000 as profit, then their total profit is : at the third house ?
(1) Rs. 16000 (2) Rs. 24000 (1) 64 : 61 (2) 27 : 37
(3) Rs. 20000 (4) Rs. 28000 (3) 16 : 19 (4) 19 : 27
30. A and B are partners in a business. A contributes 37. Several litres of acid were drawn off from a 54
1 litres vessel full of acid and an equal amount of
of the capital for 15 months and B received
4 water is added. Again the same volume of the
2 mixture was drawn off and replaced by water. As
of the profit. Find for how long B's money was
3 a result, the vessel contained 24 litres of pure acid.
used ? How much acid was drawn off initially?
(1) 1 year (2) 9 months (1) 12 litres (2) 16 litres
(3) 6 months (4) 10 months (3) 18 litres (4) 24 litres
31. A, B and C are partners of a company. During 38. A mixture of a certain quantity of milk with 16 litres
a particular year A received one third of the profit, of water is worth 90 paise per litre. If pure milk
B received one-fourth of the profit and C received the
be worth 108 paise per litre, how much milk in
remaining Rs. 5,000. How much did A receive ?
there is the mixture ?
(1) Rs. 5,000 (2) Rs. 4,000
(3) Rs. 3,000 (4) Rs. 1,000

32. Nikita bought 30 kg of wheat at the rate of Rs.
4.75 per kg, 40 kg of wheat at the rate of Rs. 39. A mixture of a certain quantity of milk with 32 litres
4.25 per kg and mixed them. She sold the mixture of water is worth Rs. 1.50 per litre. If pure milk
at the rate of Rs. 4.45 per kg. Her total profit be worth Rs. 4.50 per litre, how much milk is there
or loss in the transaction was in the mixture ?
(1) Rs. 1 loss (2) Rs. 1 profit (1) 18 litres (2) 14 litres
(3) Rs. 3.50 loss (4) Rs. 3.50 profit (3) 16 litres (4) 20 litres
33. A began a business with Rs. 4500 and was joined 40. The amount of wheat @ 610 per quintal which
after wards by B with Rs. 5400. When did B join should be added to 126 quintals of wheat costing Rs.
if the profits at the end of the year were divided 285 per quintal so that 20% may be gained by selling
in the ratio 2 : 1 ? the mixture at Rs. 480 per quintal will be :
(1) after 4 months (2) after 5 months (1) 38 quintals (2) 49 quintals
(3) after 6 months (4) after 7 months (3) 69 quintals (4) 50 quintals
ANSWER KEY
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans. 1 1 2 3 2 1 4 4 3 1 2 2 4 1 2 1 2 3 4 2
Que. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Ans. 4 2 4 1 4 4 3 4 4 4 2 1 4 4 4 1 3 3 3 3
56
Mathematics
Simple And Compound

CHAPTER
4 Interest, Installments
4.1
If P stands for principal, R the rate percent per annum, T the number of years, A the amount and
SI the simple interest, then
PRT SI×100 SI × 100

(i) SI = (ii) R = (iii) T =
100 P×T P×R
SI ×100 ART 100.A

(iv) P = (v) SI = (vi) P =
R×T 100 + RT 100 + RT
1.1
1. Find the simple interest and amount on Rs. 1000 at 12% per annum for 5 years.
Solution
P RT 1000 ´ 12 ´ 5
SI = = = Rs. 600
100 100
Final amount = P + SI = 1000 + 600 = Rs. 1600
2. Find the simple interest on Rs. 800 at 7% per annum is Rs. 700 at 16% p.a. and on Rs. 500 at 4% p.a. for
2 years.
Solution
P1 R1 T1 P2 R 2 T1 P3 R 3 T1
SI = + +
100 100 100
800 ´ 7 ´ 2 700 ´ 16 ´ 2 500 ´ 4 ´ 2

= + +
100 100 100
Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\4.Simple and compound interest (Th + Ex.).p65
= 112 + 224 + 40
= Rs. 376
3. If Rs. 650 amounts to Rs.790 in 4 years, then what sum of money will it amount to in 7 years at the same rate
of interest?
Solution
PRT
SI = Rs. (790 – 650) = Rs 140. Also, S.I. =
100
650 ´ (R) ´ (4) 140 ´ 100 70

Þ 140 = ÞR= =
100 650 ´ 4 13
70 ´ 7 ù
Amount = P é1 + RT ù = 650 éê1 +
êë 100 úû ë 13 ´ 100 úû
é 490 ù
= 650 ê1 + = Rs. 895.
ë 1300 úû
57
Class X
4.2
If a principal P becomes ‘n’ times of itself in T years at R% rate per-annum,
then RT = (n – 1) ´ 100
1.1
1. A certain sum of money triples itself in 5 years simple interest. Find the rate percent annum.
Solution
Here n = 3, T = 5 years
100(n - 1) 100(3 - 1)
\R= %= = 40%
T 5
2. In what time a sum of money will double itself at a rate of simple interest of 8% per annum?
Solution
(n - 1) ´ 100
Required time (T) = years
R
(2 - 1) ´ 100
= years
8
1
= 12 years.
2
4.3
If a certain sum of money becomes n times itself in T year at a simple interest, then the time T
in which it will becomes m times itself is given by
æ m – 1ö
T’ = ç ÷ × T years.
è n –1 ø

1.1
1
A sum of money put out on simple interest doubles itself in 12 years. In how many years would it treble
2
itself?
Solution
25
Here n = 2, m = 3, T = years.
2
æ m - 1ö
\ Required time (T’) = ç ÷ ´ T years
è n -1 ø
æ 3 - 1 ö 25
= ç ÷´ years
è 2 - 1ø 2
= 25 years.
58
Mathematics
4.4
(i) Effect of change of P, R and T on simple interest is given by the following formula:
Change in simple Interest :
Product of fixed parameter

= ´ [difference of product of variable parameters]
100
For example, if rate (R) changes from R1 to R2 and P, T are fixed, then
PT
Change in SI = ´ (R1 – R2)
100
(ii) Similarly, if principal (P) changes from P1 to P2 and R, T are fixed,
RT
then changes in SI = ´ (P1 – P2)
100
(iii) Aslo, if rate (R) changes from R1 to R2 and time (T) changes from T1 to T2
but pricipal (P) is fixed, then change in
P
SI = ´ (R1T1 – R2T2).
100
1.1
1. If simple interest on Rs.600 increases by Rs. 30 When the rate % increases by 4% per annum, find the time.
Solution
Here P = 600, change in SI = 30, R1 – R2 = 4, T = ?
PT
Using, change in SI = ´ (R1 – R2)
100
600T 5 1
we have, 30 = × 4 Þ T = , i.e., 1 years.
100 4 4
2. If the simple interest on Rs. 1400 be more than the interest on Rs. 1000 by Rs. 60 in 5 years, find the rate
percent per annum.
Solution
Here change in SI = 60, P1 – P2 = 400, T = 5, R = ?

RT
Using change in SI = ´ (P1 – P2)
100
5R
We have 60 = ´ 400 Þ R = 3%.
100
3. If the simple interest on a certain sum at 4% per annum for 4 years is Rs. 80 more than the interest on the
same sum for 3 years at 5% per annum, find the sum.
Solution
Here change in SI = 80, R1 = 4, R2 = 5, T1 = 4, T2 = 3, P = ?
P
Using change in SI = ´ (R1T1 – R2T2)
100
P
We have 80 = ´ (4 ´ 4 – 5 ´ 3)
100
59
Class X
4.5
If a certain sum of money P lent out at SI amounts to A1 in T1 years and to A2 in T2 years, then
A1T2 – A 2 T1
P=
T2 – T1
A1 – A 2
and R= ´ 100%
A1T2 – A 2 T1
1.1
If a certain sum of money at simple interest amounts to Rs 5184 in 2 years and to Rs. 5832 in 3 years, what
is the sum and the rate of interest?
Solution
A1 T2 - A2 T1
Principal =
T2 - T1
é Here A1 = 5184,A2 = 5832ù

ê T = 2,T = 3 ú
ë 1 2 û
5184 ´ 3 - 5832 ´ 2
= = Rs. 3888
3- 2
(A2 - A 1 ) ´ 100 (5832 - 5184) ´ 100
and Rate = TA -T A =
1 2 2 1 2 ´ 5832 - 3 ´ 5184
64800 2
= = 16 %.
3888 3
4.6
If a certain sum of money P lent out for a certain time T amounts to A1 at R1% per annum and
to A2 at R2% per annum, then
A 2 R 1 – A 1R 2
P=
R1 – R 2
A1 – A 2
and T= ´ 100 years
A 2 R 1 – A 1R 2
1.1
A certain sum is invested for certain time. It amounts to Rs. 450 at 7% per annum. But when invested at 5% Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\4.Simple and compound interest (Th + Ex.).p65
per annum, it amounts to Rs. 350. Find the sum and time.
Solution
Here A1 = 450, R1 = 7, A2 = 350, R2 = 5.
Using the formula,
A2 R1 - A1R2
P= R1 - R2
350 ´ 7 - 450 ´ 5
We get, P = = Rs.100
7- 5
Also, using the formula,
æ A1 - A2 ö
T = ç A R - A R ÷ ´100
è 2 1 1 2ø
æ 450 - 350 ö
we get, T = ç ÷ ´100 = 5 years.
è 350 ´ 7 - 450 ´ 5 ø
60
Mathematics
4.7
If an amount P1 lent at simple interest rate of R1% per annum and another amount P2 at simple
interest rate of R2% per annum, then the rate of interest for the whole sum is
æ P1R1 + P2R 2 ö
R = ç P +P ÷.
è 1 2 ø
1.1
Mohan deposits Rs.5000 in NSC at 2% per annum and Rs. 2000 in mutual funds at 4% per annum. Find the
rate of interest for the whole sum.
Solution
Here P1 = 5000, R1 = 2, P2 = 2000, R2 = 4.
Using the formula
æ P1R1 + P2 R2 ö
R = ç P +P ÷
è 1 2 ø
5000 ´ 2 + 2000 ´ 4 4
We get R= = 2 %.
5000 + 2000 7
4.8
If a certain sum of money is lent out in n parts in such a manner that equal sum of money is obtained
as simple interest on each part where interest rates are R1, R2, ... , Rn, respectively and time periods
are T1, T2 , .... , Tn , respectively, then the ratio in which the sum will be divided in n parts is given
by
1 1 1
: : ... .
R1T1 R 2 T2 R n Tn
1.1
1. If a sum of Rs. 1600 is divided into two such parts that the simple interest on the first part for two and half
years at the rate of 4% p.a. equals the simple interest on the second part for 5 years at the rate of 3% p.a.,
then find two such divisions of the sum.
Solution
Ratio of one part to other part of Rs. 1600
1 1
= RT :R T
1 1 2 2
1 1
\ 1st part : 2nd part = :
4 ´ 5/ 2 3 ´ 5
[Here R1 = 4% p.a., T1 = 5/2 years, R2 = 3% p.a., T2 = 5 years]
1 1
or, 1st part : 2nd part = : =3:2
10 15
Sum of proportionals = 3 + 2 = 5
3
\ 1st part = ´ 1600 = Rs. 96
5
2
and 2nd part = ´ 1600 = Rs. 640.
5
61
Class X
2. If Rs.85 amounts to Rs. 95 in 3 years, what Rs. 102 will amount to in 5 years at the same rate per cent?
Solution
Here P1 = Rs.85, A1 = Rs.95, T1 = 3 years, P2 = Rs. 102, T2 = 5 yrs, R1 = R2 = R (say)
Then, using the formula
A1 - P1 P1 ´ R1 ´ T1
A2 - P2 = P2 ´ R 2 ´ T2
95 - 85 85 ´ R ´ 3
We have A2 - 102 = 102 ´ R ´ 5
Þ A2 – 102 = 20
Þ A2 = 122
\ The amount is Rs. 122.
3. Out of a certain sum, one-third is invested at 3%, one-sixth at 6% and the rest at 8%. If the annual income is
Rs. 300, then the original sum is
Solution
1 1 1 1
Here = , = ,
a 3 b 6
1 æ 1 1ö 1
= 1 – ç + ÷= ,
c è 3 6ø 2
A ´ 100
\ The original sum= R1 R R
+ 2+ 3
a b c
300 ´ 100
30000
= 3+ 6+ 8 =
3 6 2 6
= Rs. 5000.
4.9
(i) The amount A due after t years, when a principal P is given on compound interest at the rate R%
per annum is given by
t
A = P æç 1+ R ö÷ .
è 100 ø
(ii) Compound interest, CI = A – P
é R ö
t ù
= P êæç 1+ ÷ – 1ú
100 ø
ëêè úû
éæ A ö1/t ù
(iii) Rate of interest, R = êç ÷ – 1ú % p.a.
êëè P ø úû
Note : Simple interest and compound interest for 1 year at a given rate of interest per annum are
always equal.
62
Mathematics
1.1
1. Mohan invested an amount of Rs. 15000 at compound interest rate 5% per annum for a period of 2 years.
What amount will he receive at the end of 2 years?
Solution
Here P = 15000, R = 5 and t = 2.
t
æ R ö
\ Amount = P ç 1 + ÷
è 100 ø
2 2
æ 5 ö æ 1ö
= 15000 ç 1 + ÷ = 15000 ç 1 + ÷
è 100 ø è 20 ø
15000 ´ 21 ´ 21
= = Rs. 16537.50.
20 ´ 20
2. Find compound interest on Rs. 5000 for 2 years at 4% per annum.
Solution
Here P = 5000, R = 4 and t = 2.
éæ t ù
R ö
\ CI = P ê ç 1 + ÷ - 1ú
ëêè 100 ø úû
éæ 2 ù
4 ö
= 5000 ê ç 1 + ÷ - 1ú
êëè 100 ø úû
éæ 26 ö2 ù
= 5000 êç ÷ - 1ú = 5000((1.04)2 –1)
ëêè 25 ø ûú
= 5000(1.0816 – 1) = Rs. 408.
\ The compound interest is Rs. 408.
3. Rashi invested Rs. 16000 for two years at coumpound interest and received an amount of Rs. 17640 on
maturity. What is the rate of interest ?
Solution
Here P = 16000, t = 2 and A = 17640.
éæ A ö 1/ t ù
\ R = 100 êç P ÷ - 1ú % p.a.
êëè ø úû
éæ 17640 ö1/ 2 ù
= 100 êç ÷ - 1ú % p.a.
ëêè 16000 ø ûú
éæ 441 ö 1/ 2 ù
= 100 êç 400 ÷ - 1ú % p.a.
êëè ø úû
é 1 ù
2´
ê æ 21 ö 2
100 ç ÷ - 1ú
= êè 20 ø ú % p.a.
êë úû
1
= 100 ´ =5% p.a.
20
63
Class X
4.10
If the interest is compounded half-yearly, then
2t
æ R ö
(i) Amount, A = P ç 1+ ÷ .
è 100 × 2 ø
(ii) Compound interest, CI
éæ R ö
2t ù
= P êç1+ 100 × 2 ÷ – 1ú
êëè ø úû
é 1
×2 ù
ê æ A öt
(iii) Rate, R = 2 ´ 100 ç ÷ – 1ú % p.a.
êè P ø ú
ëê úû
1.1
Find the amount of Rs. 8000 in one and half years at 5% per annum compound interest payable half-yearly.
Solution
Here P = 8000, R = 5 and t = 3/2.
2t
æ R ö
\ Amount = P ç 1 + ÷
è 100 ´ 2 ø
3
2´ 3
æ 5 ö 2 æ 41 ö
= 8000 ç 1 + ÷ = 8000 ç ÷
è 100 ´ 2 ø è 40 ø
8000 ´ 41´ 41 ´ 41
= = Rs. 8615.13.
40 ´ 40 ´ 40
4.11
If the interest is compounded quarterly, then
4t
æ P ö
(i) Amount, A = P ç 1+ ÷
è 100 × 4 ø
(ii) Compound interest, CI

éæ R ö
4t ù
= P êç 1+ ÷ – 1ú
êëè 100 × 4 ø úû
é 1
×4 ù
êæ A ö t – 1ú
(iii) Rate, R = 4 ´ 100 êç ÷ ú % p.a.
èPø
êë úû
In general, if the interest is compounded n times a year, then
n×t
R
(a) Amount, A = P æç 1+ ö
÷
è 100 × n ø
éæ R ö
n×t
ù
(b) Compound interest, CI = P ê ç 1+ ÷ – 1ú
êëè 100 × n ø úû
é 1
×n ù
êæ A ö
t
– 1ú
(c) Rate of interest, R = n × 100 êçè P ÷ø ú % p.a.
êë úû
64
Mathematics
1.1
1. Find the compound interest on Rs. 1000 at 40% per annum compounded quartely for 1 year.
Solution
Here P = 1000, R = 40 and t = 1.
\ Compound interest (CI)
éæ 4´t ù
R ö
= P ê ç 1 + ÷ - 1ú
ëêè 100 ´ 4 ø úû
éæ 40 ö
4´1 ù éæ 11 ö 4 ù
= 1000 êç 1 + ÷ - 1ú = 1000 êç ÷ - 1ú
100 ´ 4 ø ëêè 10 ø
ëêè ûú ûú
é 14641 - 10000 ù
= 1000 ê úû = Rs. 464.10.
ë 10000
2. Find the compound interest on Rs. 4000 at 24% per annum for 3 months, compounded monthly.
Solution
3
Here P = 4000, R = 24 and t = .
12
éæ R ö
12´ t
ù
ê
\ CI = P ç 1 + ÷ - 1ú
ëêè 100 ´ 12 ø úû
é 12´
3
ù
êæ 1 + 24 ö 12 ú
= 4000 êçè - 1
100 ´ 12 ÷ø ú
êë úû
éæ 51 ö3 ù 4000 ´ 7651
= 4000 êç 50 ÷ - 1ú = 50 ´ 50 ´ 50
êëè ø úû
= Rs. 244.83
4.12
When the rates of interest are different for different years, say R1 , R2, R3 per cent for first, second
and third year, respectively, then
R R R
Amount = P æç 1+ 1 ö÷ æç 1+ 2 ö÷ æç 1+ 3 ö÷
è 100 ø è 100 ø è 100 ø
1.1
Anu invests Rs. 5000 in a bond which gives interest at 4% per annum during the first year, 5% during the
second year and 10% during third year. How much does she get at the end of the third year.
Solution
Here P = 5000, R1 = 4, R2 = 5 and R3 = 10.
\ Amount at the end of third year
æ R1 öæ R2 öæ R3 ö
= Pç 1 + ÷ç 1 + ÷ç 1 + ÷
è 100 øè 100 øè 100 ø
æ 4 öæ 5 öæ 10 ö
= 5000 ç 1 + ÷ç 1 + ÷ç 1 + ÷
è 100 øè 100 øè 100 ø
26 21 11
= 5000 ´ ´ ´ = Rs. 6006.
25 20 10
65
Class X
4.13
3
When the time is given in the form of fraction, say years, then
4
æ 3 ö
3
ç R
æ
Amount = P ç 1+ R ö
× 1+ 4 ÷.
ç ÷
è 100 ÷ø çç 100 ÷
÷
è ø
1.1
What will be the compouned interest on Rs.15625 for two and half years at 4% per annum?
Solution
é æ 1ö ù
êæ 2 4´ ÷ ú
4 ö ç 2 -1
CI = 15625 êç 1 + ÷ ç1 + ÷ ú
êè 100 ø ç 100 ÷ ú
êë è ø úû
é 26 26 51 ù
= 15625 ê ´ ´ -1
ë 25 25 50 úû
15625 ´ 3226
= = Rs. 1613.
31250
4.14
(i) The difference between the compound interest and the simple interest on a certain sum of money
for 2 years at R% per annum is given by

2
æ R ö
CI – SI = P ç ÷ [in terms of P and R]
è 100 ø
R × SI
and CI – SI = [in terms of SI and R]
2×100
(ii) The difference between the compound interest and the simple interest on a certain sum of money
for 2 years at R% per annum is given by
éæ R ö3 æ R ö2 ù
CI – SI = P êç ÷ + ç 100 ÷ ú [in terms of P and R]
êëè 100 ø è ø úû
SI éæ R ö æ R öù
2
and, CI – SI = êç ÷ + 3ç ÷ú [in terms of SI and R]
3 êè 100 ø è 100 ø ûú
ë
66
Mathematics
1.1
1. What will be the difference between simple and compound interest on a sum of Rs.4500 put for 2 years at 5%
per annum?
Solution
Here P = 4500 and R = 5.
2 2
æ R ö æ 5 ö 4500
\ CI – SI = P ç ÷ = 4500 ç ÷ = = Rs. 11 ´ 25.
è 100 ø è 100 ø 20 ´ 20
2. If the difference between the compound interest and simple interest on a certain sum of money for 3 years at
5% per annum is Rs. 61, find the sum.
Solution
Here CI – SI = 61 and R = 5.
3
éæ R ö æ R ö 2ù
\ CI – SI = P êç 100 ÷ + ç 100 ÷ ú
êëè ø è ø úû
éæ 5 ö 3 2ù
æ 5 ö
Þ 61 = P êç 100 ÷ + 3ç 100 ÷ ú
éæ 1 ö3 æ 1ö ù
2
= P êç 20 ÷ + 3 ç 20 ÷ ú
é 1 + 3 ´ 20 ù é 61 ù
= Pê ú = Pê
ë 20 ´ 20 ´ 20 û ë 20 ´ 20 ´ 20 úû
Þ P = Rs. 8000.
4.15
If a certain sum becomes n times in t years at compound interest,
then the same sum becomes nm times in mt years.
1.1
A sum of money placed at compound interest doubles itself in 3 years. In how many years will it amount to four
times itself ?
Solution
Here n = 2, t = 3 and m = 2
\ The given sum of money will becomes four times itself in mt, i.e., 2 ´ 3 = 6 years.
4.16
If a certain sum becomes n times in t years, then the rate of compound interest is given by
R = 100[(n)1/t –1].
1.1
At what rate per cent compound interest does a sum of money becomes four-fold in 2 years?
Solution
The required rate per cent is
R = 100[(n)1/t – 1] = 100[(4)1/2 – 1]
= 100(2 – 1) = 100%. [Here n = 4 and t = 2]
67
Class X
4.17
If a certain sum of money at compound interest amounts to Rs. x in A years and to Rs. y in B
years then the rate of interest per annum is
éæ y ö1/B- A ù
R = êç x ÷ – 1ú ´ 100%.
êëè ø úû
1.1
A sum of money at compound interest amounts to Rs. 4050 in one year and to Rs.4723.92 in 3 years. Find
the rate of interest per annum.
Solution
Here x = 4050, y = 4723.92, A = 1 and B = 3.
éæ y ö1/ B- A ù
\ R = êç x ÷ - 1ú ´ 100%
ëêè ø ûú
éæ 4723.92 ö1/ 2 ù
= êç 4050 ÷ - 1ú ´ 100%
êëè ø úû
æ 27 ö
= ç - 1÷ ´ 100% = 8%.
è 25 ø
4.18
If a loan of Rs. P at R% compound interest per annum is to be repaid in n equal yearly instalments,
then the value of each instalment is given by
P
Rs. 2 n
æ 100 ö æ 100 ö æ 100 ö .
ç 100 + R ÷ + ç 100 + R ÷ + ... ç 100 + R ÷
è ø è ø è ø
1.1
3
If a sum of Rs. 13040 is to be paid back in two equal annual instalments at 3 % per annum, what is the

4
amount of each instalment?
Solution
Each instalment
P 13040
= 2
= 2
æ 100 ö æ 100 ö æ ö æ ö
ç 100 + R ÷ + ç 100 + R ÷ ç 100 ÷ ç 100 ÷
è ø è ø ç ÷+ç ÷ [Here P = 13040 and R = 15/4]
çç 100 + 15 ÷÷ çç 100 + 15 ÷÷
è 4 ø è 4 ø
13040 13040
= 2
=
400 æ 400 ö 400 æ 400 ö
+ç ÷ ç1 + ÷
415 è 415 ø 415 è 415 ø
415 815
= 13040 ´ ´ = Rs. 6889.
400 400
68
Mathematics
SIMPLE AND COMPOUND INTEREST SOLVED EXAMPLES
1. A certain sum of money amounts to Rs. 15900 at 4. Rs. 20000 is being compounded at 20% p.a. If
simple rate of interest at 6% p.a. in 1 year. What is rate of interest is charged half yearly. What will be
the value of principal sum ? the amount of 2 years ?
(1) 12000 (2) 18000 (1) 28292 (2) 27292
(3) 15000 (4) 14000 (3) 29282 (4) 22358
15000 ´ 6 ´ 1 2´2 4
Sol. as = 900 æ 20 / 2 ö æ 10 ö
100 Sol. 20000 ç 1 + ÷ = 20000 ç 1 + ÷
è 100 ø è 100 ø
So the total amount = 15900
= 20000 (1.1)4
2. A sum of money becomes 3 times in 12 years. In
how many years it will become 5 times at the same = 20000 ´ 1.4641
rate of simple interest? = Rs. 29282
(1) 20 years (2) 16 years 5. If the rate of interest is 10% p.a. and Rs. 12000 at
(3) 24 years (4) 30 years the compound interest, half yearly. What is the
equivalent rate of interest for first year?
Sol. (in first case) SI = 2P for principal P.
(in second case) SI = 4P for pricipal P. n
æ R ö
Sol. A = P ç1 + = 12000 (1.05)2
Now since SI is directly proportional to the time at è 100 ÷ø
fixed rate of interest.
Therefore to make SI two times it will require 12 = 12000 ´ 1.1025
years = Rs. 13230
So to make SI four times it will require 24 years Again SI = 13230 – 12000 = 1230
Thus to make an amount 5 times of the principal
12000 ´ r ´ 2
requires 24 years at the given rate of interest as per \ 1230 =
2 ´ 100
question.
3. A sum of amount at r% compound interest doubles Þ R = 10.25%
in 3 years. In 9 years it will be k times of the original 6. The difference between CI and SI for 3 years @ 20%
principal. What is the value of k? p.a. is Rs. 152. What is the prinicpal lent in each
(1) 10 (2) 9 (3) 6 (4) 8 case?

(1) 12000 (2) 1155
n
æ r ö
Sol. A = Pç 1 + ÷ (3) 1187.5 (4) None of these
è 100 ø
Sol. Difference between CI and SI for 3 years = Rs. 152
3
æ r ö 2
1 case
st
2P = P ç 1 + ÷ æ R ö æ R ö
è 100 ø Pç ÷ ç + 3 ÷ = 152
è 100 ø è 100 ø
3
æ r ö
Þ 2 = ç1 + ÷ æ 1 öæ 16 ö
è 100 ø P ç ÷ç ÷ = 152
è 25 øè 5 ø
3
éæ 3
r ö ù æ r ö
9 152 ´ 25 ´ 5
2 case
nd
(2) = êç 1 +
3
÷ ú = ç1+ ÷ P=
êëè 100 ø úû è 100 ø 16
P = 9.5 ´ 25 ´ 5 = 1187.5
Þ k = (2)3 = 8 times.
69
Class X
7. Rs. 12000 amounts to Rs. 20736 in 3 years at r% 9. A sum of Rs. 10000 is borrowed at 8% p.a. com-
Rs. of compound interest. What is the value of r? pounded annualy which is paid back in 3 equal an-
(1) 10% (2) 25% nual instalments. What is the amount of each
instalments?
(3) 12% (4) 20%
(1) Rs. 380
3
æ r ö (2) Rs. 2029
Sol. A = Pç 1 + ÷
è 100 ø (3) Rs. 729
(4) Rs. 3880.335
3
æ r ö
20736 = 12000ç 1 + ÷
è 100 ø é 25 æ 25 ö2 æ 25 ö3 ù
Sol. 10000 = ê 27 + ç 27 ÷ + ç 27 ÷ ú
x
ëê è ø è ø ûú
3
20736 æ r ö
Þ = ç1 + ÷
12000 è 100 ø
25 é 25 625 ù
= x´ 1+ +
27 êë 27 729 úû
3
1728 æ r ö
Þ = ç1 + ÷
1000 è 100 ø
25x é 2029 ù
=
27 êë 729 úû
3 3
æ 12 ö æ r ö
Þ ç ÷ = ç1 + ÷ Þ x = Rs. 3880.335
è 10 ø è 100 ø
10. A scooty is sold by an automobile agency for Rs.
3 3 19200 cash of for Rs. 4800 cash down payment
æ 2ö æ r ö
Þ ç 1 + ÷ = ç1 + ÷ together with five equal montly instalments. If the
è 10 ø è 100 ø
rate of interest charged by the company is 12% per
Þ r = 20% annum find each instalment.
8. A certain sum amounts to Rs. 14641 in 4 years @ (1) Rs. 1964 (2) Rs. 14400
10% p.a. compound annualy. What is the value of (3) Rs. 2649 (4) Rs. 2964.70
pricipal?
Sol. Balance of the price to be paid through instalments
(1) Rs. 6000 (2) Rs. 12000
= Rs. 14400

(3) Rs. 10000 (4) data insufficient
Rate of interest (r) = 12% p.a.
4
æ 10 ö
Sol. 14641 = P ç 1 + ÷ æ 14400 ´ 12 ´ 5 ö é æ 12x ö
è 100 ø \ ç 14400 +
100 ´ 12 ø
÷= ê x + ç x + 1200 ÷
è ë è ø
4
æ 11 ö
14641 = P ç ÷ æ 12x ´ 2 ö æ 12x ´ 4 ö ù
è 10 ø + çx+ ÷ + ... + ç x + ÷
è 12x ´ 100 ø è 12x ´ 100 ø úû
æ 10 ö
4 Þ x = Rs. 2964.70, where x is the value of each
P = 14641 ´ ç ÷ instalment.
è 11 ø
= 10000
70
Mathematics
SIMPLE AND COMPOUND INTEREST EXERCISE

1 9. A man took a loan from a bank at the rate of 12%
1. At the rate of 8 % p.a. simple interest, a sum of
2 p.a. simple interest. After 3 years he had to pay
Rs. 4800 will earn how much interest in 12 years 3 Rs. 5400 interest only for the period. The principal
months ? amount borrowed by him was :
(1) Rs. 198 (2) Rs. 4989 (1) Rs. 2000 (2) Rs. 10,000
(3) Rs. 4998 (4) Rs. 4900 (3) Rs. 15,000 (4) Rs. 20,000
2. What will be the simple interest earned on an 10. What is the present worth of Rs. 132 due in 2 years
amount of Rs. 16,800 in 9 months at the rate of at 5% simple interest per annum?
1 (1) Rs. 112 (2) Rs. 118.80
6 % p.a. ?
4 (3) Rs. 120 (4) Rs. 122
(1) Rs. 787.50 (2) Rs. 812.50 11. A sum fetched a total simple interest of Rs. 4016.25
(3) Rs. 860 (4) Rs. 887.50 at the rate of 9 p.c.p.a. in 5 years. What is the sum ?
3. The simple interest on Rs. 1820 from March 9, (1) Rs. 4462.50 (2) Rs. 8032.50
1 (3) Rs. 8900 (4) Rs. 8925
2003 to May 21, 2003 at 7 % rate will be : 12. The simple interest at x% for x years will be Rs. x
2
(1) Rs. 22.50 (2) Rs. 27.30 on a sum of :
(3) Rs. 28.80 (4) Rs. 29 æ 100 ö
(1) Rs. x (2) Rs. ç ÷
4. A person borrows Rs. 5000 for 2 years at 4% p.a. è x ø
simple interest. He immediately lends it to another æ 100 ö
(3) Rs. 100 x (4) Rs. ç 2 ÷
1 è x ø
person at 6 % p.a. for 2 years. Find his gain in
4 13. In how many years, Rs. 150 will produce the same
the transaction per year. interest @ 8% as Rs. 800 produce in 3 years @
(1) Rs. 112.50 (2) Rs. 125
1
(3) Rs. 150 (4) Rs. 167.50 4 %?
2
5. How much time will it take for an amount of Rs.
(1) 6 (2) 8
450 to yield Rs. 81 as interest at 4.5% per annum
(3) 9 (4) 12
of simple interest?
14. The simple interest on a certain sum of money at
(1) 3.5 years (2) 4 years the rate of 5% p.a. for 8 years is Rs. 840. At what
(3) 4.5 years (4) 5 years rate of interest the same amount of interest can be
6. A sum of Rs. 12,500 amounts to Rs. 15,500 in 4 received on the same sum after 5 years ?
years at the rate of simple interest. What is the (1) 6% (2) 8%
rate of interest? (3) 9% (4) 10%

(1) 3% (2) 4% 15. The interest on a certain deposit at 4.5% p.a. is
(3) 5% (4) 6% Rs. 202.50 in one year. How much will the
7. A sum of Rs. 1600 gives a simple interest of Rs. 252 additional interest in one year be on the same
in 2 years and 4 months. The rate of interest per deposit at 5% p.a. ?
annum is : (1) Rs. 20.25 (2) Rs. 22.50
(3) Rs. 25 (4) Rs. 42.75
1
(1) 6% (2) 6 % 16. The simple interest on Rs. 10 for 4 months at the
4
1 1 rate of 3 paise per rupee per month is :
(3) 6 % (4) 4 % (1) Rs. 1.20 (2) Rs. 1.60
2 2
8. Reena took a loan of Rs. 1200 with simple interest (3) Rs. 2.40 (4) Rs. 3.60
for as many years as the rate of interest. If she paid 17. A sum of money at simple interest amounts to Rs.
Rs. 432 as interest at the end of the loan period, 815 in 3 years and to Rs. 854 in 4 years. The sum
what was the rate of interest? is :
(1) 3.6 (2) 6 (1) Rs. 650 (2) Rs. 690
(3) 18 (4) None of these (3) Rs. 698 (4) Rs. 700
71
Class X
18. The rate at which a sum becomes four times of 27. The amount of Rs. 600 will earn Rs. 300 as simple
itself in 15 years at S.I. will be : interest @ 10% per annum in
1 (1) 4 years (2) 5 years
(a} 15% (2) 17 % (3) 6 years (4) 7 years
2
(3) 20% (4) 25% 3
28. A simple interest rate of 4 per annum, how much
19. If a sum of money at simple interest doubles in 6 4
years, it will become 4 times in : time is needed for Rs. 432 to yield an interest of Rs.
(1) 12 years (2) 14 years 78.66?
(3) 16 years (4) 18 years (1) 2 years 10 months
20. A sum of money trebles itself in 15 years 6 months. (2) 3 years
In how many years would it double itself? (3) 3 years and 10 months
(1) 6 years 3 months (2) 7 years 9 months (4) 4 years
(3) 8 years 3 months (4) 9 years 6 months. 29. Rs. 1000 is invested at 5% simple interest. If the
21. At what rate percent per annum will the simple interest is added to the principal every 10 years,
2 the amount will become Rs. 2000 after
interest on a sum of money be of the amount in
5 (1) 15 years (2) 18 years
10 years? 2
(3) 20 years (4) 16 years
3
2
(1) 4% (2) 5 % 30. If Rs. 64 amounts to Rs. 83.20 in 2 years, what will
3
Rs. 86 amount to in 4 years at the same rate percent
2 per annum?
(3) 6% (4) 6 %
3 (1) Rs. 137.60 (2) Rs. 124.70
22. In how much time would the simple interest on a (3) Rs. 114.80 (4) Rs. 127.40
certain sum be 0.125 times the principal at 10% 31. What will be the compound interest on a sum of Rs.
per annum? 25,000 after 3 years at the rate of 12 p.c.p.a. ?
(1) Rs. 9000.30 (2) Rs. 9720
1 3 (3) Rs. 10123.20 (4) None of these
(1) 1 year (2) 1 year
4 4
32. Sam invested Rs. 15,000 @ 10% per annum for
1 3 one year. If the interest is compounded half-yearly,
(3) 2 year (4) 2 year then the amount received by Sam at the end of the
4 4
year will be :
23. The sum of money that amounts to Rs. 1100 in 10
(1) Rs. 16,500
years at the rate of 5% simple interest will be
approximately: (2) Rs. 16,525.50

(1) Rs. 730 (2) Rs.740 (3) Rs. 16,537.50
(3) Rs.760 (4) Rs.780 (4) ) None of these
24. In how many years a sum will be doubled at 12% 33. What is the difference between the compound
per annum at simple interest? 1
interests on Rs. 5000 for 1 years at 4% per
(1) 6 years (2) 7 years 2
annum compounded yearly and half-yearly?
1 1
(3) 8 years (4) 8 years (1) Rs. 6.04 (2) Rs. 3.06
3 2
(3) Rs. 4.80 (4) Rs. 8.30
25. If an amount doubles itself in 5 years at simple
interest, it will become three times in 34. Find the compound interest on Rs. 15,625 for 9
months at 16% per annum compounded quarterly.
(3) 8 years (4) None of these (1) Rs. 1851 (2) Rs. 1941
(3) Rs 1951 (4) Rs. 1961
26. The simple interest on a certain sum of money at
35. What will be the difference between simple and
1 5
3 % per annum for 2 years is Rs. 658. The compound interest @ 10% per annum on a sum of
2 21
Rs. 1000 after 4 years?
sum is
(1) Rs. 31 (2) Rs. 32.10
(1) Rs.7480 (2) Rs.7840
(3) Rs. 64.10 (4) None of these
(3) Rs.8120 (4) Rs.8400
72
Mathematics
36. The difference between simple interest and 45. The compound interest on a sum of money for 2
compound interest on Rs. 1200 for one year at years is Rs. 832 and the simple interest on the
10% per annum reckoned half-yearly is : same sum for the same period is Rs. 800. The
difference between the compound interest and the
(1) Rs. 2.50 (2) Rs. 3 simple interest for 3 years will be :
(3) Rs. 3.75 (4) None of these
(1) Rs. 48 (2) Rs. 66.56
37. The compound interest on Rs. 30,000 at 7% per (3) Rs. 98.56 (4) None of these
annum is Rs. 4347. The period (in years) is :
46. The difference between the simple interest on a
1 certain sum at the rate of 10% per annum for 2
(1) 2 (2) 2
2 years and compound interest which is compounded
(3) 3 (4) 4
every 6 months is Rs. 124.05. What is the principal
38. At what rate of compound interest per annum will
sum?
a sum of Rs. 1200 become Rs. 1348.32 in 2 years?
(1) 6% (2) 6.5% (1) Rs. 6000 (2) Rs. 8000
(3) 7% (4) 7.5% (3) Rs. 10,000 (4) None of these
39. The principal that amounts to Rs. 4913 in 3 years 47. The difference between compound interest and
1 simple interest on a sum for 2 years at 10% per
at 6 % per annum compoun d interest
4 annum, when the interest is compounded annually
compounded annually is : is Rs. 16. If the interest were compounded half-
(1) Rs. 3096 (2) Rs. 4076 yearly, the difference in two interests would be :
(3) Rs. 4085 (4) Rs. 4096
(1) Rs. 24.81 (2) Rs. 26.90
40. In how many years will a sum of Rs. 800 at 10%
per annum compounded semiannually become Rs. (3) Rs. 31.61 (4) Rs. 32.40
926.10 ? 48. On a sum of money, the simple interest for 2 years
1 1 is Rs. 660, while the compound interest is Rs.
(1) 1 (2) 1 696.30, the rate of interest being the same in both
3 2
1 1 the cases. The rate of interest is :
(3) 2 (4) 2
3 2 (1) 10% (2) 10.5%
41. If the compound interest on a sum for 2 years at (3) 12% (4) None of these
1
12 % per annum is Rs. 510, the simple interest 49. Mr. Dua invested money in two schemes A and B
2
on the same sum at the same rate for the same offering compound interest @ 8 p.c.p.a. and 9
period of time is : p.c.p.a. respectively. If the total amount of interest
(1) Rs. 400 (2) Rs. 450 accrued through two schemes together in two years
(3) Rs. 460 (4) Rs. 480 was Rs. 4818.30 and the total amount invested
42. The simple interest on a certain sum of money for was Rs. 27,000, what was the amount invested in
3 years at 8% per annum is half the compound Scheme A ?
interest on Rs. 4000 for 2 years at 10% per annum.
(1) Rs. 12,000 (2) Rs. 13,500
The sum placed on simple interest is :
(3) Rs. 15,000 (4) None of these
(1) Rs. 1550 (2) Rs. 1650
(3) Rs. 1750 (4) Rs. 2000 50. A sum of money invested at compound interest
amounts to Rs. 800 in 3 years and to Rs. 840 in 4
43. The difference between compound interest and
simple interest on an amount of Rs. 15,000 for 2 years. The rate of interest per annum is :
years is Rs. 96. What is the rate of interest per 1
annum ? (1) 2 % (2) 4%
2
(1) 8 (2) 10 2
(3) 5% (4) 6%
(3) 12 (4) None of these 3
44. The difference between simple and compound 51. A sum of money invested at compound interest
interests compounded annually on a certain sum of amounts to Rs. 4624 in 2 years and to Rs. 4913 in
money for 2 years at 4% per annum is Re. 1. The 3 years. The sum of money is :
sum (in Rs.) is :
(1) Rs. 4096 (2) Rs. 4260
(1) 625 (2) 630 (3) Rs. 4335 (4) Rs. 4360
(3) 640 (4) 650
73
Class X
52. A sum of money becomes Rs. 13,380 after 3 years 61. A sum of money invested at compound interest
and Rs. 20,070 after 6 years on compound interest. becomes Rs. 1020 after 3 years and Rs. 1088
The sum is : after 4 years. The rate of interest is
(1) Rs. 8800 (2) Rs. 8890 (1) 5.60% (2) 6.66%
(3) Rs. 8920 (4) Rs. 9040 (3) 7.66% (4) 8.66%
53. A sum of Rs. 12,000 deposited at compound 62. The difference between S.I. and C.I. on a sum for
interest becomes double after 5 years. After 20 2 years at 8% per annum is Rs. 160. If the interest
years, it will become : were compounded half yearly, the difference in
interests in two years will be nearly
(1) Rs. 96,000 (2) Rs. 1,20,000
(3) Rs. 1,24,000 (4) Rs. 1,92,000 (1) Rs. 246.50 (2) Rs. 240
(3) Rs. 168 (4) Rs. 160
54. A sum of money placed at compound interest
63. In how many years at compound interest, will a
doubles itself in 5 years. It will amount to eight times
sum of money become 27 times when it tribles itself
itself at the same rate of interest in:
in 2 years at compound interest?
(1) 9 years (2) 6 year
1
55. If a sum on compound interest becomes three times (3) 12 years (4) 13 years
2
in 4 years, then with the same interest rate, the 64. If the compound interest on a certain sum of money
sum will become 27 times in : for 2 years is Rs. 2700 and the simple interest on
(1) 8 years (2) 12 years the same sum for the same period and for same
(3) 24 years (4) 36 years interest is 1250, then rate %.
56. The least number of complete years in which a sum (1) 16 percent (2) 10 percent
of money put out at 20% compound interest will (3) 18 percent (4) 24 percent
be more than doubled is : 65. The difference between simple interest and
(1) 3 (2) 4 compound interest on a sum of money for 2 years
(3) 5 (4) 6 ,at 5% is Rs. 25. The sum is
57. A man borrows Rs. 2550 to be paid back with (1) Rs. 8000 (2) Rs. 9000
compound interest at the rate of 4% per annum by (3) Rs. 10000 (4) Rs. 15000
the end of 2 years in two equal yearly installments. 66. A sum of money becomes Rs. 6500 after 3 years
How much will each instalment be ? and Rs. 10562.50 after 6 years on compound
(1) Rs. 1275 (2) Rs. 1283 interest. The sum is
(3) Rs. 1352 (4) Rs. 1377 (1) Rs. 4000 (2) Rs. 4500

58. What annual payment will discharge a debt of Rs.
1025 due in 2 years at the rate of 5% compound 67. The difference between compound interest and
interest? simple interest on a sum for 3 years at 5% per
annum is Rs. 122. The sum is .
(1) Rs. 550 (2) Rs. 551.25
(3) Rs. 560 (4) Rs. 560.75 (1) Rs. 15000 (2) Rs. I6000
(3) Rs. 12000 (4) Rs. 18000
59. A man borrows Rs. 12,500 at 20% compound
68. The difference between simple interest and
interest. At the end of every year he pays Rs. 2000
compound interest on a certain sum of money at the
as part repayment. How much does he still owe
end of 2 years is Rs. 117 at 15% per annum, the
after three such installments ?
interest being credited annually. The principal is
(1) Rs. 12,000 (2) Rs. 12,864 (1) Rs.5200 (2) Rs. 5980
(3) Rs. 15,600 (4) None of these (3) Rs. 6760 (4) None these
60. A sum of money is borrowed and paid back in two 69. A man saves Rs. 200 at the end of each year and
annual installments of Rs. 882 each allowing 5% lends the money at 5% compound interest. How
compound interest. The sum borrowed was: much will it become at the end of 3 years?
(1) Rs. 1620 (2) Rs. 1640 (1) Rs.565.25 (2) Rs. 635
(3) Rs. 1680 (4) Rs. 1700 (3) Rs. 662.02 (4) 666.50
74
Mathematics
4 79. The population of a village increases at a rate of
70. The simple interest on a sum of money is times
9 5% every year. If the present population of the
the principal and the rate of interest per annum is village is 5620, find the population after 1 year.
numerically equal to the number of years. Find the (1) 5805 (2) 6121
rate of interest per annum. (3) 5901 (4) 6000
10 15 80. Kalyan purchased an old bike of Rs. 12000. If its
(1) % (2) %
3 3 cost after 2 years is Rs. 11524.80, the rate of
20 15 depreciation is _______.
(3) % (4) %
3 2 (1) 1% p.a. (2) 4% p.a.
71. A certain sum becomes 3 times itself in 6 years at (3) 3% p.a. (4) 2% p.a.
simple interest. In how many years will it become
9 times itself ? 1
81. Ram borrowed Rs. 8000 at 3 % p.a. compound
(1) 18 (2) 20 2
(3) 24 (4) 22 interest for his family needs. How much amount does
72. A certain sum amounts to four times the principal he have to pay to clear the debt at the end of one
within a period of 2 years. The rate of simple in- year and three months ?
terest per annum is
(1) Rs. 8352.45 (2) Rs. 8532.45
(1) 150% (2) 15%
(3) 1.5% (4) None of these (3) Rs. 8253.54 (4) Rs. 8352.54
73. A certain sum becomes Rs 6400 in 4 years and Rs 82. Ravi borrowed Rs.1000 from Sridhar at 3% C.I. for
8200 in 7 years at simple interest. Find the prin- the year, 5% C.I. for the second year. What amount
cipal. does Sridhar get at the end of the second year ?
(1) Rs. 4000 (2) Rs. 4200 (1) Rs.1081 (2) Rs. 1081.50
(3) Rs. 4400 (4) Rs. 40000 (3) Rs. 1082.50 (4) Rs. 1083
74. A sum of money amounts to Rs 2000 in 3 years 83. Saleem borrowed Rs. 20000 at compound inter-
and Rs 2500 in 5 years at simple interest. Find the
est and paid Rs. 22050 after 2 year to clear the
rate of interest per annum.
debt. Find the rate of interest.
1 1 (1) 3% (2) 5%
(1) 33 % (2) 12 %
3 3 (3) 4% (4) 7%
(3) 25% (4) 20% 84. If Rs. 300 is the interest paid on a certain sum at
75. What will be the compound interest on Rs 15625 for the rate of 5% p.a. simple interest for a period of
3 years at 8% p.a., if the interest is compounded
5 years, then find the sum. (in Rs.)
annually ?
(1) Rs 4805 (2) Rs 4508 (1) 1200 (2) 1600
(3) Rs 4580 (4) Rs 4058 (3) 2000 (4) 1800
76. The simple interest and the compound interest on 85. At what rate percent per annum at compound
a certain sum for 2 years is Rs 1250 and Rs 1475 interest will the sum of Rs. 375 amount to Rs. 1029
respectively. Find the rate of interest. in 3 years?
(1) 36% p.a. (2) 34% p.a. (1) 20 (2) 30
(3) 32% p.a. (4) 38% p.a.
(3) 25 (4) 40
77. A person lent a certain sum of money at 12% p.a.
86. A person borrowed a certain sum of money at
simple interest. In 5 years, the interest received was
Rs. 250 less than sum lent. Find the sum lent. (in Rs) 2
(1) 500 (2) 750 16 % p.a. compound interest. He cleared the debt
3
(3) 625 (4) 1000
78. At what rate of simple interest per annum, does the by paying Rs. 20825 at the end of 2 years. Find
interest on Rs. 1200 in 2 years equal the interest the sum borrowed.
(1) Rs. 15300 (2) Rs. 15800
7
on Rs. 600 at 4 years at % p.a. ? (3) Rs. 14300 (4) Rs. 14800
2
87. In how many years will a sum of Rs. 3200 com-
3 7 pounded quarterly at the rate of 50% p.a. amount
(1) % (2) %
4 2 to Rs. 4050 ?
4 7 (1) one year (2) half year
(3) % (4) % (3) two years (4) 3 years
3 8
75
Class X
88. Ramakrishana borrowed Rs. 160000 from 95. A sum of Rs. 2500 is invested for 2 years at 20%
Anurudh at 10% p.a. simple interest. After 2 years, per annum, interest compounded half-yearly. Find
when Ramakrishana wants to clear the debt, the compound interest.
Anirudh insisted Ramakrishna to pay him at com- (1) Rs. 3660.25
pound interest. How much more must Ramakrishna
(2) Rs. 1660.25
pay ?
(3) Rs. 1160.25
(1) Rs. 800 (2) Rs. 1620
(3) Rs. 1600 (4) Rs. 810 (4) Rs. 1330
89. A sum of Rs. 5120 amounts to Rs. 7290 in 3 years 96. Alok borrowed a certain sum on 9 july 2006 and
paid an amount of Rs. 438 which included an in-
at compound interest. Find the rate of interest per
terest of Rs. 6 on 8 November 2006. Find the rate
annum ? of interest, charged to Alok, per annum.
1 1 1 1
(1) 33 % (2) 12 % (1) 6 % (2) 4 %
3 2 4 6
4 1
(3) 1 % (4) 13 %
1 1 6 3
(3) 8 % (4) 17 %
3 2 97. The simple interest on Rs. 3000 at R% in 2 years
equals to the simple interest on Rs. 2000 at 10%
90. The difference between the compound interest and
p.a. in 3 years. Find the simple interest (in Rs) on
the simple interest on a certain sum of money for Rs. 5000 at R% p.a. for 4 years.
2 years at 11% per annum is Rs. 363. Find the sum. (1) 1500 (2) 2000
(1) Rs. 33000 (2) Rs. 31000 (3) 5000 (4) 2400
(3) Rs. 30000 (4) Rs. 32000 98. Sushma deposited Rs. 6500 which amounted to Rs.
91. A sum of Rs. 3000 is partly lent at 3% p.a. simple 7800 in 4 years at simple interest. Had the inter-
est been 2% more per annum, how much would she
7 have received ? (in Rs.)
interest for years and partly at 2% p.a. simple
2 (1) 8000 (2) 8500
interest for 4 years. If total interest earned is Rs. (3) 7600 (4) 8320
280, then the sum lent at 3% p.a. is :- 99. The cost of a scooter is Rs. 10000. Its value depre-
(1) Rs. 1600 (2) Rs. 1400 ciates at the rate of 8% p.a. Calculate the total
(3) Rs. 1800 (4) Rs. 2000 depreciation in its value at the end of 2 years.
92. Find the simple interest (approximately) on Rs. 700 (1) Rs. 1536 (2) Rs. 1356
(3) Rs. 1653 (4) Rs. 1356
from 20 December 2006 to 20 June 2007 at 6%
p.a. (in Rs) 1
100. A person borrowed Rs. 8000 at 2 % p.a. under

(1) 24 (2) 27 2
(3) 28 (4) 21 S.I. The sum borrowed is immediately given to
another person at the same rate on the condition
93. A sum of money triples itself in 3 years at compound
that the interest is compounded semi-annually. Find
interest. In how many years will it become 9 times itself the amount gained by the first person in one year.
? (1) Rs. 3.25 (2) Rs. 2.25
(1) 4 (2) 9 (3) Rs. 1.25 (4) Rs. 0.25
(3) 6 (4) 7 101. A boy’s height is increasing at the rate of 2% over
94. Raju invested a sum of Rs. 5832 at a rate of inter- that of the previous year. If his present height is
est n% per annum, compounded annually. Find the 156.06 cm, what was his height two year ago ?
value of n, if he received a sum of Rs. 13824 after (1) 148 cm (2) 150 cm
3 years. (3) 152 cm (4) 151 cm
102. Ramu invested a sum of Rs. 12500 at 12% per
1 2 annum compound interest. He received an amount
(1) 33 (2) 33 of Rs. 15680 after x years. Then, the value of x
3 3
is
4 5 (1) 1 (2) 4
(3) 33 (4) 33 (3) 3 (4) 2
3 3
76
Mathematics
103. The rate of interest for a sum that becomes 109. Kailash set up a factory by investing Rs.1000000.
During the first two years, his profits were 10% and
729
times itself in 2 years, when compound 15% respectively. If he reinvested the profit of each
576
year at the beginning of the next year, his total profit
annually is
(in Rs) is :-
32 12
(1) % (2) % (1) 265000
5 5
(2) 25000
25 12
(3) % (4) % (3) 275000
2 7
(4) 27060
104. A person deposited Rs. 6000 in a bank for 2 years.
At the end of the year, he withdrew Rs. 500. How 110. In what time will the sum of Rs. 1875 yield a com-
much does he get from the bank at the end of the pound interest of Rs. 477, at 12% per annum
1 compounded annually ?
second year interest paid at rate of 8 % p.a. com-
3
(1) 2 years (2) 1 year
pounded annually ?
1
(1) Rs. 6500 (2) Rs. 7000 (3) 3 years (4) 1 years
(3) Rs. 6725 (4) Rs. 6025 2
105. A sum amounts to Rs. 3600 at 2% p.a. under simple 111. Find the simple interest on Rs. 1098 at 5% per
interest and Rs. 4800 at 4% p.a. under simple
annum from 5 May 1996 to 25 May 1996.
interest. The time taken is _____.
(1) Rs. 5 (2) Rs. 7
(1) 2.5 years (2) 3 years
(3) 30 years (4) 25 years (3) Rs. 3 (4) Rs. 4
106. Find the compound interest on Rs. 50000 for 3 112. Varun started a business with an initial investment
years, compounded annually and the rate of inter- of Rs. 300000. In the first year, he incurred a loss
est being 10%, 12% and 15% for the three succes- of 3%. So he invested remaining amount in the bank
sive years respectively.
at 4% p.a. for the second year and at 5% p.a. for
(1) Rs. 20840 (2) Rs. 70840 thr third year under compound interest compounded
(3) Rs. 60720 (4) Rs. 67560 annually. Find the amount.
107. Q and R borrowed Rs. 26000 and Rs. 25000 (1) Rs. 317772
respectively, for a period of 2 years. Q paid simple

interest at the rate of 2% p.a., while R paid com- (2) Rs. 315522
pound interest at the same rate, compounded annu- (3) Rs. 316622
ally. Who paid more interest and by how much ?
(4) Rs. 314422
(1) R paid more than Q by Rs. 40
(2) R paid more than Q by Rs. 30 113. Suresh and Naresh borrowed Rs. 62500 and Rs.
60000 respectively for a period of 2 years. Suresh
(3) Q paid more than R by Rs. 40
paid simple interest at the rate of 4% per annum,
(4) Q paid more than R by Rs. 30
while Naresh paid compound interest at the same
108. A person invested one-fifth of the capital at 5% p.a.,
rate compounded annually. Who paid more inter-
one-sixth of the capital at 6% p.a. and the rest at
est and by how much ?
10% p.a. simple interest. If the annual interest
received on his investment is Rs. 150, then find the (1) Naresh paid more by Rs. 104
capital. (in Rs.) (2) Suresh paid more by Rs. 104
(1) 1000 (2) 1500 (3) Naresh paid more by Rs. 94
(3) 2000 (4) 1800 (4) Both paid the same interest
77
Class X
114. The simple interest and compound interest on a 116. A doctor wants to divide Rs. 145000 between his
certain sum for 2 years are Rs. 2400 and Rs. 2640 son and daughter who are 12 years and 14 years
respectively. The rates of interests (in % p.a.) for respectively, in such a way that the sum invested at
both are the same. The interest on the sum lent at 1
the rate of 12 % per annum compounded annu-
compound interest is compounded annually. Find 2
the rate of interest (in % p.a.). ally will give the same amount to each, when they
attain 16 years. How should he divide the sum ?
(1) 30 (2) 20
(1) Rs. 81000 to son and Rs. 64000 to daughter
(3) 25 (4) 10
115. A sum was split into three parts. The first part was
lent at 10% p.a. for 4 years. The second part was
lent at 20% p.a. for 6 years. The third part was lent
at 30% p.a. for 5 years. Each part was lent at simple 117. Given that carbon-14 (C14) decays at a constant rate
interest and the same amount of simple interest was in such a way that it reduces to 20% in 1562 years.
realized from each. Find the ratio of the first, second The age of a wooden piece in which the carbon is
and third parts. only 4% of the original is ____.
(1) 15 : 5 : 2 (2) 20 : 7 : 2 (1) 3122 years (2) 3210 years
(3) 15 : 5 : 4 (4) 20 : 9 : 4 (3) 3124 years (4) 3214 years
ANSWER KEY
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans. 3 1 2 1 2 4 4 2 3 3 4 2 3 2 2 1 3 3 4 2
Que. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Ans. 1 1 1 3 1 4 2 3 4 1 3 3 1 3 3 2 1 1 4 2
Que. 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. 4 3 1 1 3 2 1 4 1 3 1 3 4 3 2 2 3 2 4 2
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
Ans. 2 1 2 1 3 1 2 1 3 3 3 1 1 4 4 1 3 2 3 4
Que. 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
Ans. 1 2 2 1 4 1 2 3 2 3 1 4 3 1 3 2 2 4 1 3
Que. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117
Ans. 2 4 3 1 4 1 4 4 1 1 3 1 2 2 3 2 3
78
Mathematics
CHAPTER
5 Ratio And Proportion
5.1 Ratio
A ratio is a comparision of two quantities by division. It is a relation that one quantity bears to
another with respect to magnitude. In other words, ratio means what part one quantity is of another.
The quantities may be of same kind or different kinds. For example, when we consider the ratio
of the weight 45 kg of a bag of rice to the weight 29 kg of a bag of sugar we are considering the
quantities of same kind but when we talk of allotting 2 cricket bats to 5 sportsmen, we are considering
quantities of different kinds. Normally, we consider the ratio between quantities of the same kind.
a
If a and b are two numbers, the ratio of a to be is
of a ¸ b and is denoted by a : b. The two quantities
b
that are being compared are called terms. The first is called antecedent and the second term is
3
called consequent. For example, the ratio 3 : 5 represents with antecedent 3 and consequent 5.
5
Notes:
1. A ratio is a number, so to find the ratio of two quantities, they must be expressed in the same
units.
2. A ratio does not change if both of its terms are multiplied or divided by the same number. Thus,
2 4 6
= = etc.
3 6 9
5.2 Types of ratios

(i) Duplicate Ratio : The ratio of the squares of two numbers is called the duplicate ratio of the two
numbsers.
32 9 3
For example, 2
or is called the duplicate ratio of .
4 16 4
Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\5.Ratio and Proportion (Th + Ex.).p65
(ii) Triplicate Ratio : The ratio of the cubes of two numbers is called the triplicate ratio of the two
numbers.
32 27 3
For example, 2 or is called the triplicate ratio of .
4 64 4
(iii) Sub–duplicate Ratio : The ratio of the square roots of two numbers is called the sub-duplicate
ratio of two numbers.
3 9
For example, is the sub-duplicate ratio of .
4 16
(iv) Sub–triplicate Ratio : The ratio of the cube roots of two numbers is called the sub-triplicate ratio
of two numbers.
2 8
For example, is the sub-triplicate ratio of .
3 27
79
Class X
(v) Inverse Ratio or Reciprocal Ratio : If the antecedent and consequent of a ratio interchange their
places, the new ratio is called the inverse ratio of the first. Thus, if a : b be the given ratio, then
1 1
: or b : a is its inverse ratio.
a b
3 5
For example, is the inverse ratio of .
5 3
(vi) Compound Ratio : The ratio of the product of the antecedents to that of the consequents of two or
more given ratios is called the compound ratio. Thus, if a : b and c : d are two given ratios, then
ac : bd is the compound ratio of the given ratios.
3 4 5 3× 4×5 3
For example, if , and be the given ratios, then their compound ratio is , that is , .
5 5 7 4×5×7 7
5.3 Proportion
The equality of two ratios is called proportion.
a c
If = , then a, b, c and d are said to be in proportion and we write a : b :: c : d. This is read as
b d
“a is to b as c is to d”.
3 6
For example, since = , we write 3 : 4 :: 6 : 8 and say 3, 4, 6 and 8 are in proportion.
4 8
a c
Each term of the ratio and is called a proportional. a, b, c and d are respectively, the first,
b d
second, third and fourth proportionals.
Here a, d are known as extremes and b, c are known as means.
5.4
If four quantities are in proportion, then
(i) Product of means = Product of extremes
For example, in the proportion a : b :: c : d, we have bc = ad.
Product of means
a : b : : c : d
Product of extremes
From this relation, we see that if any three of the four quantities are given, the fourth can be
determined.
5.5
Fourth proportional
If a : b :: c : x, x is called the fourth proportional of a, b, c.
a c b×c
We have = or, x = .
b x a
b×c
Thus, fourth proportional of a, b, c is
a
80
Mathematics
1.1
Find a fourth proportional to the numbers 2, 5, 4.
Solution
Let x be the fourth proportional, then
2 4
2 : 5 :: 4 : x or = .
5 x
5´ 4
x= = 10.
2
5.6
Third proportional
If a : b:: b : x, x is called the third proportional of a, b.
a b b2
We have = or x = .
b x a
b
Thus, third proportional of a, b is .
a
1.1
Find a third proportional to the numbers 2.5, 1.5.
Solution
Let x be the third proportional, then
2.5 1.5
2 ´ 5 : 1 ´ 5 :: 1 ´ 5 : x or = .
1.5 x
1.5 ´ 1.5
x= = 0.9
2.5
5.7
Mean proportional
If a : x :: x : b, x is called the mean or second proportional of a, b.
a x
We have = or x2 = ab or x = ab .
x b
\ Mean proportional of a and b is ab .

We also say that a, x, b are in continued proportion.
1.1
Find the mean proportional between 48 and 12.
Solution
Let x be the mean proportional. Then,
48 x
48 : x, : : x : 12 or =
x 12
or, x2 = 576 or, x = 24.
81
Class X
5.8
a c
If = , then
b d
a+b c+d
(i) = (Componendo)
b d
a–b c–d
(ii) = (Dividendo)
b d
a+b c+d
(iii) = (Componendo and dividendo)
a–b c–d
a a+c a–c
(iv) = = .
b b+d b–d
1.1
p
The sum of two numbers is c and their quotient is . Find the numbers.
q
Solution
Let the numbers be x, y.
Given x+y=c ...(1)
x p
and, = ...(2)
y q
x p
\ =
x+y p+q
x p
Þ =p+q [Using (1)]
c
pc
Þ x= .
p+q
5.9
(i) If two numbers are in the ratio of a : b and the sum of these numbers is x, then these numbers will
ax bx
be and , respectively. or
a+b a+b
If in a mixture of x litres. two liquids A and B are in the ratio of a : b, then the quantities of liquids
ax bx
A and B in the mixture will be litres and litres, respectively.
a+b a+b
(ii) If three numbers are in the ratio of a : b : c and the sum of these numbers is x, then these numbers
ax bx cx
will be , and , respectively.
a+b+c a+b+c a+b+c
82
Mathematics
1.1
1. Two numbers are in the ratio of 4 : 5 and the sum of these numbers is 27. Find the two numbers.
Solution
Here a = 4, b = 5 and x = 27.
ax 4 ´ 27
\ The fist number = = = 12
a+ b 4+ 5
bx 5 ´ 27
and, the second number = = = 15.
a+b 4+ 5
2. Three numbers are in the ratio of 3 : 4 : 8 and the sum of these numbers is 975. Find the three numbers. Here
a = 3, b = 4, c = 8 and x = 975.
ax 3 ´ 975
\ The first number = = = 195.
a+b+c 3+ 4+ 8
bx 4 ´ 975
The second number = = = 260.
a+ b+ c 3+ 4+ 8
cx 8 ´ 975
and, the third number = = = 520.
a+b+c 3+ 4+ 8
5.10
If two numbers are in the ratio of a : b and difference between these numbers is x, then these
numbers will be
ax bx
(i) and , respectively (where a > b )
a–b a–b
ax bx
(ii) and , respectively (where a < b).
b–a b–a
1.1
Two numbers are in the ratio of 4 : 5. If the difference between these numbers is 24, then find the numbers.
Solution
Here a = 4, b = 5 and x = 24.
ax 4 ´ 24
\ The first number = = = 96.
b-a 5-4
bx 5 ´ 24
and the second number = = = 120.
b-a 5- 4
5.11
(i) If a : b = n1 : d1 and b : c = n2 : d2, then
a : b : c = (n1 ´ n2) : (d1 ´ n2) : (d1 ´ d2)
(ii) If a : b = n1:d1, b : c = n2 : d2
and c : d = n3 : d3, then
a : b : c : d = (n1 ´ n2 ´ n3) : (d1 ´ n2 ´ n3) : (d1 ´ d2 ´ n3) : (d1 ´ d2 ´ d3).
83
Class X
1.1
1. If A : B = 3 : 4 and B : C = 8 : 9, find A : B : C.
Solution
Here n1 = 3, n2 = 8, d1 = 4 and d2 = 9.
a : b : c = (n1 ´ n2) : (d1 ´ n2) : (d1 ´ d2)
= (3 ´ 8) : (4 ´ 8) : (4 ´ 9)
= 24 : 32 : 36 or, 6 : 8 : 9.
2. If A : B = 2 : 3, B : C = 4 : 5 and C : D = 6.7, find A : D.
Solution
Here n1 = 2, n2 = 4, n3 = 6, d1 = 3, d2 = 5 and d3 = 7.
\ A : B : C : D = (n1 ´ n2 ´ n3) : (d1 ´ n2 ´ n3) : (d1 ´ d2 : n3) : (d1 ´ d2 ´ d3)
= (2 ´ 4 ´ 6) : (3 ´ 4 ´ 6) : (3 ´ 5 ´ 6) : (3 ´ 5 ´ 7)
= 48 : 72 : 90 : 105 or , 16 : 24 : 30 : 35.
Thus, A : D = 16 : 35.
5.12
(i) The ratio between two numbers is a:b, If x is added to each of these numbers, the ratio becomes
c : d. The two numbers are given as:
ax(c – d) bx(c – d)
and
ad – bc ad – bc
Explanation :
Let two numbers be ak ad bk.
ak - x c
Given = Þ akd – dx = + cx
bk + x d
Þ k(ad – bc) = x(c – d)
x(c - d)
Þk=
ad - bc
ax(d - c) bx(d - c)
Therefore, the two numbers are and
ad - bc ad - bc
(ii) The ratio between two numbers is a : b. If x is subtracted from each of these numbers, the ratio
becomes c : d. The two numbers are given as :
ax(d – c) bx(d – c)
and
ad – bc ad – bc
Explanation :
Let the two numbers be ak and bk.
ak - x c
Given = Þ akd – xd = bck – xc
bk - x d
Þ k(ad – bc) = x(d – c)
x(d - c)
Þk= .
ad - bc
ax(d - c) bx(d - c)
Therefore, the two number are and
ad - bc ad - bc
84
Mathematics
1.1
1. Given two numbers which are in the ratio of 3 : 4. If 8 is added to each of them, their ratio is changed to 5 : 6.
Find the two numbers.
Solution
We have
a : b = 3 : 4, c : d = 5 : 6 and x = 8.
ax(c - d)
\ The first number =
ad - bc
3 ´ 8 ´ (5 - 6)
= = 12
(3 ´ 6 - 4 ´ 5)
bx(c - d)
and, the second number =
ad - bc
4 ´ 8 ´ (5 - 6)
= = 16 .
(3 ´ 6 - 4 ´ 5)
2. The ratio of two numbers is 5 :9. If each number is decreased by 5, the ratio becomes 5 : 11. Find the numbers.
Solution
We have a : b = 5 : 9, c : d = 5 : 11 and x = 5.
ax(d - c)
\ The first number =
ad - bc
5 ´ 5 ´ (11 - 5)
= = 15
(5 ´ 11 - 9 ´ 5)
bx(d - c)
and the second number =
ad - bc
9 ´ 5 ´ (11 - 5)
= = 27.
(5 ´ 11 - 9 ´ 5)
5.13
(i) If the ratio of two numbers is a : b, then the numbers that should be added to each of the numbers
ad – bc
in order to make this ratio c : d is given by .
c–d
Explanation:
Let the required number be x.
a+ x c
Given = Þ ad + xd = bc + xc
b+ x d
Þ x(d – c) = bc – ad
ad - bc
or x= .
c-d
85
Class X
(ii) If the ratio of two number is a : b, then the number that should be subtracted from each of the
numbers in order to make this ratio c : d is given by
bc – ad
.
c–d
Explanation:
Let the required number be x.
a-x c
Given = Þ ad – xd = bc – xc
b-x d
Þ x(c – d) = bc – ad
bc - ad
or x= .
c-d
1.1
1. Find the number that must be subtracted from the terms of the ratio 5 : 6 to make it equal to 2 : 3.
Solution
We have a : b = 5 : 6 and c : d = 2 : 3.
\ The required number
bc - ad 6´ 2 - 5´ 3
= = = 3.
c-d 2-3
2. Find the number that must be added to the terms of the ratio 11 : 29 to make it equal to 11 : 20.
Solution
We have a : b = 11 : 29 and c : d = 11 : 20.
\ The required number
ad - bc 11 ´ 20 - 29 ´ 11
= = = 11.
c-d 11 - 20
5.14
There are four number a, b, c and d.
(i) The number that should be subtracted from each of these number so that the remaining numbers
may be proportional is given by
ad – bc
(a + d) – (b + c)
.
Explanation:
Let x be the subtracted from each of the numbers.
The remainders are a – x, b – x, c – x and d – x.
a-x c-x
Given =
b-x d-x
Þ (a – x) (d – x) = (b – x) (c – x)
Þ ad – x(a + d) + x2 = bc – x(b+c) + x2
Þ (b + c)x – (a + d)x = bc – ad
bc - ad bc - ad
\ x= or
(b + c) - (a + d) (b + c) - (a + d)
(ii) The number that should be added to each of these numbers so that the new numbers may be
proportional is given by
bc – ad
.
(a + d) – (b + c)
86
Mathematics
Explanation
Let x be added to each of the numbers.
The new numbers are a + x, b + x, c + x and d + x.
a+x c+x
Given = .
b+x d+x
Þ (a + x) (d + x) = (b + x) (c + x)
Þ ad + x (a + d) + x2 bc + x (b + c) + x2
Þ (a + d) x – (b – c) x = bc – ad.
bc - ad
x=
(a + d) - (b - c)
1.1
Find the number substracted from each of the numbers 54, 71, 75 and 99 leaves the remainders which are
proportional.
Solution
We have a = 54, b = 71, c = 75 and d = 99.
ad - bc 54 ´ 99 - 71 ´ 75
The required number = = = 3.
(a + d) - (b + c) (54 + 99) - (71 + 75)
5.15
The incomes of two persons are in the ratio of a : b and their expenditures are in the ratio of c : d.
If the saving of each person be Rs S, then their incomes are given by
aS(d – c) bS(d – c)
Rs and Rs .
ad – bc ad – bc
and their expenditures are given by
cS(b – a) dS(b – a)
Rs and .
ad – bc ad – bc
Explanation:
Let their incomes be Rs. ak and Rs. bk, respectively. Since each person saves Rs. S,
\ expenditure of first person = Rs(ak – S)
and expenditure of second person = Rs(bk – S).
ak - S c
Given =
bk - S d
Þ akd – Sd = bkc – Sc.
(d - c)S
Þ k(ad – bc) = (d – c)S or, k =
ad - bc
Therefore, the incomes of two persons are
a(d - c)S b(d - c)S
and
ad - bc ad - bc
and their expenditures are
ak – S and bk – S
a(d - c)S b(d - c)S
that is, – S and –S
ad - bc ad - bc
cS(b - a) dS(b - a)
or and .
ad - bc ad - bc
87
Class X
1.1
1. Annual incomes of A and B is in ratio of 5 : 4 and their annual expenses bear a ratio of 4 : 3. If each of them
saves Rs 500 at the end of the year, then find their annual income.
Solution
We have a : b = 5 : 4 , c : d = 4 : 3 and S = 500,
aS(d - c)
\ Annual income of A =
ad - bc
5 ´ 500 ´ (3 - 4)
=
(5 ´ 3 - 4 ´ 4)
= Rs 2500.
bS(d - c)
and annual income of B =
ad - bc
4 ´ 500 ´ (3 - 4)
= (5 ´ 3 - 4 ´ 4)
= Rs 2000.
2. The incomes of Mohan and Sohan are in the ratio 7 : 2 and their expenditures are in the ratio 4 : 1. If each
saves Rs 1000, find their expenditures.
Sol. We have a : b = 7 : 2, c : d = 4 : 1 and S = 1000.
cS(b - a) 4 ´ 1000 ´ (2 - 7)
\ A’s expenditure = = (7 ´ 1 - 2 ´ 4)
ad - bc
= Rs. 20000
dS(b - a) 1´ 1000 ´ (2 - 7)
B’s expanditure = =
ad - bc (7 ´ 1 - 2 ´ 4)
= Rs 5000.
88
Mathematics
RATIO AND PROPORTION SOLVED EXAMPLES
1. The ratio of number of boys and girls in a school is 6. The sum of the squares of three numbers is 532
4 : 3. If there are 480 boys in the school, find the and the ratio of the first to the second as also of the
number of girls in the school. second to the third is 3 : 2. What is the second
Sol. 4 : 3 = 480 : x number?
3 ´ 480 First number 3 3 9

Sol. ´ =
Þx=
4
= 360 girls. Second number = 2 3 6
2. The ratio between two numbers is 3 : 5. If each [Make the second number same in both the ratio,
number is increased by 4, the ratio becomes 2 : 3.
Second number 3 2 6
Find the number. i.e. 6] and Third number = ´ =
2 2 4
Sol. Let the numbers be 3x and 5x,
\ First : Second : Third = 9 : 6 : 4
3x + 4 2 \ (9x)2 + (6x)2 + (4x)2 = 532 (given)
Þ =
5x + 4 3 33x2 = 532 Þ x = 2
Þ x = 4 \ Number are 12 and 20. Second Number is 6x = 12.
3. The ratio of number of ladies to gents at a party 7. A bag contains rupees, fifty paise, twenty five paise
and ten paise coins in the proportion 1 : 3, 5 : 7. If
was 1 : 2, but when 2 ladies and 2 gents left, the
the total amount is Rs 22.25, findthe number of
ratio becomes 1 : 3. How many people were origi-
coins of each kind.
nally present at the party?
Sol. Let the number of coins be x, 3x, 5x, 7x respec-
Sol. Let the number of ladies = x, then tively as rupess, fifty paise, twenty five paise and
the number of gents = 2x ten paise. Since
x-2 1 Number of coin ´ Value of coin in rupee =
As per question, = Þx=4 Amount in rupees
2x - 2 3
\ Total number of people originally present 1
Now, value of 50 paise coin in rupee =
= x + 2x = 3x 12. 2
4. A bag contains an equal number of one rupee, 50 1
paise and 25 paise coins respectively. If the total value of 25 paise coin in rupee =
4
value is Rs 35, how many coins of each type are
there ? 1
value of 50 paise coin in rupee =
10
Sol. Here number of each type of coin is same. Hence,
we may write, é æ 1ö æ 1ö æ 1 öù
Number of each type of coin \ ê (x ´ 1) + ç 3x ´ 2 ÷ + ç 5x ´ 4 ÷ + ç 7x ´ 10 ÷ ú
ë è ø è ø è øû
Total amount = 22.25

=
Sum of value of each coin 89x
Þ = 22.25 Þ x = 5
20
35 \ Number of rupee = 5 ´ 1 = 5
\ Number of each type of coin =
1 + 0.5 + 0.25 Number of 50 paise coin = 3x = 15
= 20 coins of each type. Number of 25 paise coin = 5x = 15
5. The sum of the present age of A , B and C is 90 Number of 10 paise coin = 7x = 35.
years six years ago, their ages were in the ratio 1 8. A person distributies his pens among four friends
: 2 : 3. What is the present age of C ? 1 1 1 1
A, B, C and D in the ratio : : : . What is the
Sol. (A + B + C)’s age 6 years ago = 90 – 6 ´ 3 = 72 3 4 5 6
3 minimum number of pens that the person should
\ C’s age 6 years ago = ´ 72 = 36 have?
(1 + 2 + 3)
C’s present age = 36 + 6 = 42 years. Sol. A
89
Class X
RATIO AND PROPORTION EXERCISE
1. The price of a necklace varies directly as the no. of 7. In two alloys the ratio of Iron and copper is 4: 3
pearls in it. Also, it varies directly as the square and 6:1 respectively. If 14 kg of the first alloy and
root of radius of a pearl. The price of a necklace 42 kg of the second alloy are mixed together to
was Rs. 150. When it had 75 pearls each of radius form a new alloy, then what will be the ratio of
1 cm. Find the radius of the pearl of a necklace copper to iron in the new alloy
having 100 pearls whose cost is Rs. 600. (1) 11: 3 (2) 11: 8
(1) 2 (2) 9 (3) 3 (4) 4 (3) 8:11 (4) none of these
2. The price of a book varies directly as the no. of 8. In a zoo, there are rabbits and pigeons. If heads
pages in it and inversely as the time periods in years are counted, there are 340 heads and if legs are
that have elapsed since the date of purchasing. Two counted there are 1060 legs. How many pigeons
books cost the same, however, the no. of pages in are there?
the first book is triple of the second book, if the first (1) 120 (2) 150 (3) 180 (4) 170
book is sold on 18 years ago, how long ago was the 9. In three vessels, each of 25 liters capacity, mixture
second book sold? of milk and water is filled. The ratio of milk and
(1) 54 years (2) 9 years (3) 6 years (4) 3 years water are 3 : 1, 2 : 3, 4 : 3 in the respective ves-
3. Akbar and Birbal who purchased the shares for the sels. If all the three vessels are emptied into a single
cost of their basic salaries which are in the ratio of large vessel, then what will be the ratio of water to
5: 6 later on company gave them 40 additional milk in the resultant mixture?
shares to each, due to which the ratio changed to 7 (1) 179 : 241 (2) 197 : 214
: 8. If the worth of each share is Rs. 75, what is the (3) 219 : 117 (4) 179 :234
basic salary of the person who got less shares?
10. Two liquids are mixed in the ratio 4: 3 and the
(1) Rs. 10500 (2) Rs. 7500
1
(3) Rs. 8800 (4) Rs. 9000 mixture is sold at Rs. 20 with a profit of 33 % . If
3
4. A contractor deployed some men to plant 1800 the first liquid is costlier than the second by Rs. 7.
trees in a certain no. of days. But in 1/3rd of the Find the sum of costs of both the liquids:
planned time 120 plants could be less planted so to (1) Rs. 11 (2) Rs. 29
ful fill the target for the rest of the days every day 20
(3) Rs. 35 (4) Rs. 70
more plants were planted. Thus it saved one day out
11. Two alloys made up of copper and tin. The ratio of
of the initially planned no. of days. How many plants
copper and tin in the first alloy is 1: 3 and in the
he planned to plant each day initially?
second alloy it is 2: 5. In what ratio the two alloys
(1) 180 (2) 100 (3) 120 (4) 160
should be mixed to obtain a new alloy in which the
5. A and B have to write 810 and 900 pages respec- ratio of tin and copper be 8 : 3 ? Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\5.Ratio and Proportion (Th + Ex.).p65
tively in the same time period. But A completes his
(1) 3 : 5 (2) 4 : 7 (3) 3 : 8 (4) 5 :11
work 3 days ahead of time and B completes 6 days
12. Three vessels having volumes in the ratio of 2 : 3 :
ahead of time. How many pages did A write per
5 are full of a mixture of water and milk. In the first
hour if B wrote 21 pages more in each hour?
vessel ratio of water and milk is 1 : 3, in second 2 :
(1) 45 (2) 72 (3) 54 (4) 100
3 and in third vessel, 2 : 5. If all the three vessels
6. In Maa Yatri Temple every devotee offers fruits to were poured out in a large container, what is the
the orphans. Thus every orphan receives bananas, resulting ratio of milk and water?
oranges and grapes in the ratio of 3: 2: 7 in terms
(1) 43 : 96 (2) 438 : 962
of dozen. But the weight of a grape is 24 gm and
(3) 348 : 962 (4) 962 : 438
weight of a banana and an orange are in the ratio
13. The number of oranges in three baskets are in the
of 4: 5, while the weight of an orange is 150 gm.
ratio of 3 : 4 : 5 In which ratio the no. of oranges in
Find the ratio of all the three fruits in terms of weight,
first two baskets must be increased so that the new
that an orphan gets :
ratio becomes 5 : 4 : 3?
(1) 90 : 75: 42 (2) 180 :150 : 82
(1) 1 : 3 (2) 2 : 1
(3) 75: 42: 90 (4) none of these
(3) 3 : 4 (4) 2 : 3
90
Mathematics
14. A vessel of capacity 2 litre has 25% alcohol and 21. The ratio of the present ages of Anand and Bala
another vessel of capacity 6 litre had 40% alcohol. is 8 : 3. When Anand was 30 years old, Bala was
The total liquid of 8 litre was poured out in a vessel 5 years old. Find the present age of Bala. (In years)
of capacity 10 litre and thus the rest part of the (1) 10 (2) 12 (3) 15 (4) 20
vessel was filled with the water. What is the new
22. There are three sections A, B and C in class VIII of
concentration of mixture?
a school. The ratio of the number of students in A,
(1) 31% (2) 71%
B and C is 2 : 3 : 4. The section which has neither
(3) 49% (4) 29%
the maximum number of students nor the minimum
15. Alloy A contains 40% gold and 60% silver. Alloy B
number of students has a strength of 30. Find the
contains 35% gold and 40% silver and 25% cop-
total strength of the three sections.
per. Alloys A and B are mixed in the ratio of 1 : 4.
What is the ratio of gold and silver in the newly (1) 63 (2) 82 (3) 72 (4) 90
formed alloy is? 23. In a solution of 45 litres of milk and water, 40% is
(1) 20% and 30% (2) 36% and 44% water. How many litres of milk must be added to
(3) 25% and 35% (4) 49% and 36% become the ratio of milk and water 5 : 3?
16. The ratio of copper and nickel by weight in the two (1) 8 (2) 3 (3) 7 (4) 6
alloys X and Y are 2: 7 and 5: 4. How many kilo- 24. Find the triplicate ratio of (2y – x) : (2x – y), if
gram of the alloy X and Y are required to make 42 x : y = 4 : 3.
kg of new alloy Z in which the ratio of copper and (1) 64 : 125 (2) 27 : 64
nickel is same?
(3) 8 : 125 (4) 27 : 125
(1) 6 kg and 36 kg (2) 10 kg and 32 kg
25. Nine years ago A’s age and B’s age were in the ratio
(3) 7 kg and 35 kg (4) none of these
5 : 7. Which of the following cannot be the ratio of
17. There are two alloys made up of copper and alu-
their ages 5 years from now?
minium. In the first alloy copper is half of the alu-
minium and in the second alloy copper is thrice as (1) 11 : 13 (2) 13 : 19
much as aluminium. How many times the second (3) 21 : 25 (4) 15 : 16
alloy must be mixed with first alloy to get the new 26. A varies directly with x 2. If x = 2 or 4, then
alloy in which copper is twice as that of aluminium? A = 20. Find A if x = 8.
(1) 2 (2) 3 (3) 4 (4) 5 (1) 48 (2) 120 (3) 64 (4) 320
18. Mitthu Bhai sells rasgulla (a favorite Indian sweets) 27. The force applied on a stationary body varies directly
at Rs. 15 per kg. A rasgulla is made up of flour
with the acceleration with which it starts to move.
and sugar in the ratio of 5 : 3 The ratio of price of
If a force of 10 N is applied on a stationary body,
sugar and flour is 7 : 3 (per kg). Thus he earns
it starts to move with an acceleration of 2 m/sec2.
2
66 % profit. What is the cost price of sugar? Find the force (in N) to be applied on the body at
3
which it starts to move with an acceleration of 4m/
(1) Rs. 10/kg (2) Rs. 9/kg
sec2.
(3) Rs. 18/kg (4) Rs. 14/kg
19. Seven years ago the ratio of the ages of P and Q (1) 30 (2) 20 (3) 40 (4) 50
(in years) was 7 : 6. Which of the following cannot 28. The ratio of the present ages of Ram and Shyam
be the ratio of their ages 6 years from now? is 3 : 2. Which of the following cannot be the ratio
(1) 13 : 11 (2) 15 : 14 of their ages 20 years ago?
(3) 13 : 12 (4) 16 : 15 (1) 8 : 5 (2) 17 : 10
20. The ratio of the monthly incomes of Ram and Shyam (3) 9 : 5 (4) 7 : 5
is 3 :4 and the ratio of their monthly expenditures is 29. Ninety coins are to be distributed among P, Q and
4 : 5. If Shyam saves Rs 400 per month, which of the R such that P gets twice as many coins as Q gets
following cannot be the savings of Ram? (In Rs/month) and Q gets thrice as many coins as R gets. Find the
(1) 290 (2) 280 number of coins R gets.
(3) 270 (4) 310
(1) 6 (2) 3 (3) 10 (4) 9
91
Class X
36. Amit is as much younger to Barkha as he is older to
30. P varies inversely with y . If y = 2, then
Chaman. If the sum of the ages of Barkha and
P = 40. If P = 20 then find y. Chaman is 48 years, what is the present age of
(1) 8 (2) 8 (3) 4 (4) 2 Amit?
31. A solution of 30 litres of milk and water, has 70% (1) 18 years (2) 36 years
milk. How many litres of water must be added so (3) 24 years (4) 28 years
that the volumes of milk and water will be in the
37. Bipin is 6 times old as Alok. Bipin’s age will be
ratio 3 : 2?
twice of Chandan’s age after 10 years. If Chandan’s
(1) 6 (2) 3 (3) 5 (4) 4
7th birthday was celebrated 3 years ago, what is
a+b b+c c+a Alok’s present age?
32. If = = where
xa + yb xb + yc xc + ya
x + y ¹ 0 and a + b + c ¹ 0, then each of these
(3) 5 years (4) none of these
ratios is equal to
38. Renuka got married 8 years ago. Today her age is
1
(1) 1 (2) 1
x+y 1 times her age at the time of marriage. Her
3
2 2 daughter’s age is 1/8 times her age. Her daughter’s
(3) (4)
x+y a+b age is :
33. Nine friends had a tea party. All boys took only coffee (1) 3 years (2) 4 years
and all girls took only tea. The cost per cup of coffee
in rupees is numerically 2 less than the number of
girls and the cost per cup of tea in rupees is 39. Ten years ago B was twice of A in age. If the ratio
numerically 2 less than the number of boys. If the of their present ages is 4 : 3, what is the sum of
ratio of the total expenses of the boys and the girls their present ages?
is 5 : 6, then what is the cost of each coffee? (In Rs)
(1) 2 (2) 5 (3) 7 (4) 3
34. If x : y = 3 : 5, find the duplicate ratio of (3x (3) 40 years (4) 35 years
+ y) : (5x – y). 40. The sum of the ages of Aryabhatta and Shridhar is
(1) 49 : 25 (2) 25 : 9 (3) 36 : 25 (4) 49 : 36 45 years. Five years ago the product of their ages
35. The ratio of the number of students in two classrooms was 4 times the Aryabhatta’s age at that time. The
A and B is 3 : 2. If ten students shifts from A to B, present ages of Aryabhatta and Shridhar respec-
the ratio becomes 7 : 8. Now how many students tively are :
must shift from A to B in order for the ratio to

become 8 : 7? (1) 25 and 20 (2) 35 and 10
(1) 5 (2) 10 (3) 15 (4) 20 (3) 36 and 9 (4) 40 and 5
ANSWER KEY
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans. 2 3 2 2 3 1 4 2 1 2 2 4 2 4 2 3 3 4 1 4
Que. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Ans. 3 4 2 3 2 4 2 4 4 3 3 3 1 1 1 3 3 2 4 3
92
Mathematics
Time, Speed & Distance
The terms ‘Time’ and ‘Distance are related to the speed of a moving object.
Speed: We define the speed of an object as the distance covered by it a unit interval. It is obtained
by dividing the distance covered by the the objected, by the time it takes to cover that distance.
Distance travelled
Thus, Speed = .
Time taken
Notes:
(i) If the time taken is constant, the distance travelled is proportional to the speed, that is, more the
speed; more the distance travelled in the same time.
(ii) If the speed is contant, the distance travelled is proportional to the time taken; that is, more the
distance travelled; more the time taken at the same speed.
(iii) If the distance travelled is constant, the speed is inversely proportional to the time taken, that is,
more the speed; less the time taken for the same distance travelled.
Calculate the speed of a train which covers a distance of 150 km in 3 hrs.

Solution
Distance covered 150

Speed = Time taken = = 50 km/hr..
3
Generally, if the distance is measured in kilometre, we measure time in hours and speed in kilometre
Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\6.Time Speed & Distance (Th + Ex.).p65
per hour and is written as km/hr and if the distance is measured in per second and is written as m/s.
Conversion of Units
1000 m 5
One kilometre/hr = = m/s.
60 × 60 s 18
18
\ One metre/s = km/hr..
5
æ 5 ö
Thus, x km/hr = ç x × m/s.
è 18 ÷ø
æ 18 ö
and, x m/s = ç x × km/hr..
è 5 ÷ø
93
Class X
1. How long does a train 100 m long running at the rate of 40 km/hr take to cross a telegraphic pole?
Solution
In crossing the pole, the train must travel its own length.
\ Distance travelled is 100 m.
40 ´ 1000 100
Speed = 40 km/hr = = m/s
60 ´ 60 9
100
\ Time taken to cross the pole = =9s
100/ 9
2. A train running at a speed of 90 km/hr passes a pole on the platform in 20 s. Find the length of the train in
metres.
Solution
Speed of the train = 90 km/hr
5
= 90 ´ = 25 m/s.
18
\ Length of the train = speed of the train ´ time taken in crossing the pole = 25 ´ 20 = 500 m.
(i) If A covers a distance d1 km at s1 km/hr and then d2 km at s2 km/hr, then the average speed
during the whole journey is given by
s1s2 (d1 + d2 )
Average speed = km/hr
s1d2 + s2 d1
(ii) If A goes from X to Y at s1 km/hr and comes back from Y to X at s2 km/hr, then the average speed
during the whole journey is given by
2s1s2
Average speed =
s1 + s2
1.1
A ship sails to a certain city at the speed of 15 knots/hr and sails back to the same point at the rate of 30
knots/hr. What is the average speed for the whole journey?
Solution
Here s1 = 15 and s2 = 30.
2s1s2 2 ´ 15 ´ 30
\ Average speed = s + s =
1 2 15 + 30
= 20 knots/hr
A person goes certain distance (A to B) at a speed of s1 km/hr and returns back (B to A) at a speed
of s2 km hr. If he takes T hrs in all, the distance between A and B is.
æ s s ö
Tç 1 2 ÷
è s1 + s2 ø
94
Mathematics
1.1
1. A boy goes to school with the speed of 3 km and hour and returns with a speed of 2 km/hr. If he takes 5 hrs
in all, find the distance in km between the village and the school.
Solution
Here s1 = 3, s2 = 2 and T = 5.
\ The distance between the village and the shcool
æ ss ö 3 ´ 2 ö = 6 km.
= T ç 1 2 ÷ = 5 æç ÷
è s1 + s2 ø è 3 + 2ø
If two persons A and B start at the same time from two points P and Q towards each other and
after crossing they take T1 and T2 hrs in reaching Q and P, respectively, then
A's speed T2
=
B's speed T1
1.1
Nikita starts her journey from Delhi to Bhopal and simultaneously Nishita starts from Bhopal to Delhi. After
4
crossing each other they finish their remaining journey in 5 hrs and 9 hrs, respectively. What is Nishita’s
9
speed if Nikita’s speed is 36 km/hr?
Solution
9 9
Nikita' s speed T2 =
= = 4 49
Nishita' s speed T1 5
9 9
9
9
= 81 = .
7
49
7
\ Nishita’s speed = Nikita’s speed
9
7
= ´ 36 = 28 km/hr..
9
If a body travels d1, d2, d3, ...., dn metres with different speeds s1, s2, s3, ...., sn m/s in time T1, T2,
T3, ... Tn s, respectively, then the average speed of the body throughout the journey is given by
Total distance travelled
Va =
Total time taken
d1 + d2 + d 3 + ... + d n
=
T1 + T2 + T3 + ... + Tn
(If d1, d2, ...., dn and T1, T2, ...., Tn are known)
s1T1 + s2 T2 + s3 T3 + ... + s n Tn
and Va = T1 + T2 + T3 + ... + Tn
(If d1 d2, ...., dn and s1, s2, ...., sn are known)
95
Class X
1.1
A car during its journey travels 40 min at a speed of 30 km/hr, another 50 min at a speed of 60 km/hr and
1 hr at a speed of 30 km/hr. Find the average speed of the car.
Solution
40 50
Here T1 = , T2 = , T = 1, s1 = 30,
60 60 3
s2 = 60, s3 = 30.
\ Average speed of the car
40 50
30 ´ + 60 ´ + 30 ´ 1
s T +s T +s T 60 60
= 1 1 2 2 3 3 = 40 50
T1 + T2 + T3 + +1
60 60
= 40 km/hr.
6.7
a
If the new speed is of this original speed, then the change in time taken to cover the same
b
distance is given by
b
Change in thime = æç – 1 ö÷ ´ original time.
èa ø
1.1
By walking at four-fifths of his usual speed, Mohan is 6 min late to his office. Find his usual time to cover the
distance.
Solution
a 4
Here change in time = 6 and = .
b 5
æb ö
We have change in time = ç - 1÷ ´ original time
èa ø
Change in time Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\6.Time Speed & Distance (Th + Ex.).p65

Þ Original time =
æb ö
ç - 1÷
èa ø
6
= æç 5 - 1ö÷ = 24 min
è4 ø
A body covers a distance d in time T1 with speed s1, but when it travels with speed s2 covers the
same distance in time T2. The following relations hold
Product of speed s1 s2 Difference of speed

= T =T =
d 2 1 Difference of time
Equating any two of the above, we can find the unkowns as per given question.
96
Mathematics
1.1
Two bicylists do the same journey by travelling respectively, at the rates of 9 and 10 km an hour. Find the
length of the journey when one takes 32 min longer than the other.
Solution
32
Here change in speed = 10 – 9 = 1; product of speed = 9 ´ 10 = 90 and difference of time = .
60
Pr oduct of speed Difference of speed

We have = Difference of time
d
æ Difference of time ö
Þ d = Product of speed ´ ç Difference of speed ÷
è ø
32
= 90 ´ = 48 km.
60
6.9
A train travels a certain distance at a speed of s1 km/hr without stoppages and with stoppages. it
covers the same distance at a speed of s2 km/hr. The stoppage time per hour is given by
æ s1 – s 2 ö æ Difference of speed ö
ç ÷ hr or, ç ÷
è s 1 ø è Speed without stoppages ø
1.1
Without stoppages, a train travels certain distance with an average speed of 80 km/hr and with stoppages, it
covers the same distance with an average speed of 60 km/hr. How many minutes per hour the train stops?
Solution
Here s1 = 80 and s2 = 60
s1 - s2 80 - 60 1
\ Stoppage time/hr = s1 = = hr
80 4
= 15 mins
6.10
(i) If a train overtakes a pole or a man or a milestone, the distance covered in overtaking is equal to
the length of the train.
(ii) If a train overtakes a bridge or a tunnel or a platform or another train, then the distance covered
is equal to the sum of the two lengths.
1.1
1. A 600 m long train crosses a pole in 9 s. What is the speed of the train in km/hr?
Solution
Speed of the train
Length of the train
=
time taken in croosing the pole
600 600 18
= m/s = ´ = 240 km/hr..
9 9 5
97
Class X
2. A train 130 m long passes a bridge in 21 s moving with a speed of 90 km/hr. Find the length of the bridge.
Solution
We have speed of the train
length of the train + length of the bridge
= time taken in crossing the bridge
5 130 + length of the bridge

Þ 90 =
18 21
\ Length of the bridge = 525 – 130 = 395 m.
6.11 Relative speed

(a) If two trains of lengths L1 km and L2 km, respectively, are travelling in the same direction at s1
km/hr and s2 km/hr, respectively, such that s1 > s2, then s1 – s2 is called their relative speed and
æ L1 + L 2 ö
the time taken by the faster train to cross the slower train is given by ç s – s ÷ hr
è 1 2 ø
(b) If two trains of length L1 km and L2 km, respectively, are travelling in the opposite directions at s1
km/hr and s2 km/hr, respectively, then s1 + s2 is called their relative speed and the time taken by
æ L + L2 ö
the trains to cross each other is given by ç 1 ÷ hr
è s1 + s 2 ø
1.1
A train 135 m long is running with a speed of 49 km/hr. In what time will it pass a man who is walking at
5 km/hr in the direction opposite to that of the train?
Solution
Here L1 = 135, L2 = 0, s1 = 49 km/hr, s2 = 5 km/hr.
5
\ s1 + s2 = 49 + 5 = 54 km/hr = 54 ´ m/s
18
135
L1 + L2
\ The time taken = s + s = 54 ´ 5
1 2 18
135 ´ 18
= = 9 s.
54 ´ 5
2. Two trains of length 110 metres and 90 m are running on parallel lines in the same direction with a speed of
35 km/hr and 40 km/hr, respectively. In what time will they pass each other.
Solution
Here L1 = 110 m, L2 = 90 m, s1 = 35 km/hr and s2 = 40 km/hr
5
\ s2 – s1 = 40 – 35 = 5 km/hr = 5 ´ m/s
18
L1 + L2
\ Time taken =
s2 - s1
110 + 90 200 ´ 18
= =
5 5´ 5
5´
18
= 144 s.
98
Mathematics
6.12
Two trains of lengths L1 m and L2 m run on parallel tracks. When running in the same direction,
the faster train passes the slower on in T1 s, but when they are running in opposite directions with
the same speeds as earlier, they pass each other in T2 s.
Then, the speed of the faster train
L1 + L 2 æ 1 1 ö
= ç + ÷ m/s
2 è T1 T2 ø
and the speed of the slower train
L1 + L 2 æ 1 1 ö
= ç – ÷ m/s.
2 è T1 T2 ø
1.1
Two trains of lengths 200 m and 175 m run on parallel tracks. When running in the same direction the faster
1
train crosses the slower one in 37 s. When running in opposite directions at speeds same as their earlier
2
1
speeds, they pass each other completely in 7 s. Find the speed of each train.
2
Solution
75
We have L1 = 200, L2 = 175, T1 = and
2
15
T2 = .
2
Therefore, speed of the faster train
æ 75 15 ö
+
æ L1 + L2 ö æ T1 + T2 ö æ 200 + 175 ö ç 2 2 ÷
= ç 2 ÷ç T T ÷ = ç ÷ ç 75 15 ÷
è øè 1 2 ø è 2 øç ÷
´
è 2 2 ø
375 45 ´ 4
= ´ = 30 m/s.
2 75 ´ 15
Speed of slower train
æ 75 15 ö
æ 200 + 175 ö ç 2 - 2 ÷
æ L1 + L2 ö æ T1 - T2 ö ç ÷ ç 75 15 ÷ = 375 ´ 30 ´ 4
= ç 2 ÷ç T T ÷ = è 2 ø
è øè 1 2 ø ç ´ ÷ 2 75 ´ 15
è 2 2 ø
= 20 m/s.
99
Class X
6.13
(i) A train starts from a place at s1 km/hr and another fast train starts from the same place after T
hrs at s2 km/hr in the same direction. Then, the distance from the distance from the starting
place at which both the trains will meet is given by
æ s1 ×s2 ×T ö
ç ÷ km.
è s2 – s1 ø
Also, the time after which the two trains will meet is given by
æ s1T ö
ç ÷ hr..
è s2 – s1 ø
(ii) The distance between two stations A and B is d km. A train starts from A to B at s1 km/hr. T hrs
later another train starts from B to A at s2 km/hr. Then, the distance from A, at which both the
trains will meet is given by
æ d+ s2T ö
s1 ç ÷ km.
è s1 +s2 ø
Also, the time after which the two trains will meet is given by
æ d+ s2T ö
ç ÷ hr..
è s1 + s2 ø
1.1
1. A train starts from Mumbai at 10 a.m. with a speed of 25 km/hr and another train starts from there on the
same day at 3 p.m. in the same direction with a speed of 35 km/hr. Find at what distance from Mumbai both
the trains will meet and find also the time of their meeting.
Solution
Time from 10 a.m. to 3 p.m. = 5 hr.
Distance of meeting point from Mumbai
æ s1 ´ s2 ´ T ö
= ç s - s ÷ km.
è 2 1 ø
æ 25 ´ 35 ´ 5 ö 1
= ç ÷ km = 437 km.
è 35 - 25 ø 2
Also, time of their meeting
æ s1 T ö æ 25 ´ 5 ö
= ç s - s ÷ hr. = ç ÷ hr..
è 2 1ø è 35 - 25 ø
125 1
= = 12 hr. after 3 P.M.
10 2
That is , 3.30 a.m. next day
100
Mathematics
2. Chennai is at a distance of 560 km from Mumbai. A train starts from Mumbai to Chennai at 6 a.m. with a
speed of 40 km/hr. Another train starts from Chennai to Mumbai at 7 a.m. with a speed of 60 km/hr. At what
distance from Mumbai and at what time will the two trains be at the point of crossing?
Solution
Time from 6 a.m. to 7 a.m. = 1 hr.
Therefore, distance of meeting point from Mumbai
æ d + s2 T ö
= s1 ç s + s ÷ km.
è 1 2ø
æ 560 + 60 ´ 1 ö
= 40 ç ÷ = 248 km.
è 40 + 60 ø
Also, time of their meeting
æ d + s2 T ö
= ç s + s ÷ hr
è 1 2 ø
æ 560 + 60 ´ 1 ö 31
= ç ÷ = hr
è 40 + 60 ø 5
= 6 hr 12 min. after 6 a.m.

That is, at 12.12 noon.
6.14
Two trains start simultaneously from the stations A and B towards each other with speeds s1 km/
hr and s2 km/hr, respectively. When they meet it is found that the second train had travelled d km
æ s +s ö
more than the first. Then the distance between the two stations is given by d ç 1 2 ÷ km.
è s2 – s1 ø
1.1
Two trains start at the same time from Delhi and Rohtak and proceed towards each other at the rate of 75 km
and 65 km/hr, respectively. When they meet, it is found that one train has travelled 10 km more than the
other. Find the distance between Delhi and Rohtak.
Solution
Distance between Delhi and Rohtak
æ s1 + s2 ö
= d ç s - s ÷ km.
è 2 1ø
æ 75 + 65 ö
= 10ç ÷ km.
è 75 - 65 ø
= 140 km.
101
Class X
6.15
If the speed of a boat (or a swimmer) be x km/hr and the speed of the stream or the current be y km/hr, then
(a) speed of the boat (or swimmer) downstream = (x + y) km/hr.
(b) speed of the boat (or swimmer) upstream = (x – y) km/hr.
1.1
The speed of a boat in still water is 20 km/hr. If the speed of the stream be 4 km/hr, find its downstream and
upstream speeds.
Solution
Speed of the boat (x) = 20 km/hr
Speed of the stream (y) = 4 km/hr
\ Downstream speed = x + y = (20 + 4) = 24 km/hr and upstream speed = x – y = (20 – 4) = 16 = km/hr.
6.16
1
(i) Speed of the boat (or swimmer) in still water = (Downstream Speed + Upstream Speed)
2
1
(i) Speed of the stream = (Downstream Speed – Upstream Speed)
2
1.1
A boat is rowed down a river 40 km in 5 hr and up a river 21 km in 7 hr. Find the speed of the boat and the
river.
Solution
40
Speed of the boat downstream = = 8 km/hr..
5
21
Speed of the boat upstream = = 3 km/hr..
7
\ Speed of the boat
1
= (Downstream Speed + Upstream Speed)
2
1 11
= (8 + 3) = = or 5 ´ 5 km/hr..
2 2 Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\6.Time Speed & Distance (Th + Ex.).p65
and speed of the river
1
= (Downstream Speed – Upstream Speed)
2
1 5
= (8 – 3) = = or 2.5 km/hr..
2 2
6.17
If a man capable of rowing at the speed of x km/hr in still water, rows the same distance up and down a
stream which flows at a rate of y km/hr, then his average speed throughout the journey is
Upstream ´ Downstream
= Man' s rate in still water
(x - y)(x + y)
km/hr..
x
102
Mathematics
1.1
A man rows at a speed of 8 km/hr in still water to a certain distance upstream and back to the starting point
in a river which flows at 4 km/hr. Find his average speed for total journey.
Solution
Average speed
Upstream ´ Downstream
= Man' s rate in still water
(8 - 4)(8 + 4)
= = 6 km/hr..
8
6.18
A man can row a boat in still water at x km/hr. In a stream flowing at y km/hr, if it takes t hrs more in
upstream than to go down together stream for the same distance, then the distance is given by
(x2 - y2 )t
km
2y
1.1
A man can row 7 km/hr in still water. If the river is running at 3 km/hr, it takes 6 hrs more in upstream than
to go downstream for the same distance. How far is the place?
Solution
The required distance
(x2 - y2 )t
=
2y
(49 - 9)6
= = 40 km.
2´ 3
6.19
A man rows a certain distance downstream in t1 hrs and returns the same distance upstream in t 2 hrs. If the
speed of the stream be y km/hr, then the speed of the man in still water is given by
æt +t ö
y ç 2 1 ÷ km/hr..
è t2 - t1 ø
1.1
A motorboat covers a certain distance downstream in 6 hrs but takes 8 hrs to return upstream of the starting
point. If the speed of the stream be 6 km/hr, find the speed of the motor boat in still water.
Solution
Speed of the motorboat in still water
æ t 2 + t1 ö
= y ç t - t ÷ km/hr
è 2 1ø
æ 8+ 6ö
= 6ç ÷ = 42 km/hr..
è 8- 6ø
103
Class X
6.20
A man can row a boat in still water at x km/hr. In a stream flowing at y km/hr if it takes him t hrs to row to a
place and come back, then the distance between the two places is
t(x2 - y2 )
km.
2x
1.1
A man can row 6 km/hr in the still water. If the river is running at 2 km/hr, it takes him 3 hrs to row to a place
and block. How far is the place?
Solution
The required distance
t(x2 - y2 )
= km.
2x
3(36 - 4)
= = 8 km.
2´ 6
6.21
A boat (or a swimmer) takes n times as long to row upstream as to row downstream the river. If the speed of
boat (or swimmer) be x km/hr and the speed of stream be y km/hr, then
æ n + 1ö
x=y ç ÷
è n - 1ø
1.1
A man can row at the rate of 4 km/hr. in still water. If the time taken to row a cetain distance upstream is 3
times as much as to row the same distance downstream, find the speed of the current.
Solution
We have,
æ n + 1ö
Speed of the man = ç ÷ speed of the current
è n - 1ø
æ 3 + 1ö
Þ 4= ç ÷ speed of the current.
è 3 - 1ø
\ Speed of the current = 2 km/hr.
104
Mathematics
TIME SPEED & DISTANCE SOLVED EXAMPLES
1. Udai travels half of his journey by train at the speed Note: For the constant distance covered, the ratio of
of 120 km/h and rest half by car at 80 km/h. What time taken by each person is the ratio of the recipro-
is the average speed cal of their speeds and vice-versa.
Sol. Let the total distance be 2D km, then If the ratio of speeds of A, B, C , D be a : b : c : d,
then the ratio of time taken by A, B, C and D to
Total time = Time taken by train + Time taken by car
cover the same distance
D D
= + 1 1 1 1
120 80 = : : :
a b c d
2D and if the time taken by A, B, C and D be p : q : r :
\ Average speed =
D D s, then the ratio of their speeds
+
120 80
1 1 1 1
= : : :
p q r s
2D 2
= = 96 km/h
æ 1 1 ö æ2+ 3ö 3. The distance of the college and the home of Rajeev
Dç + ÷ ç ÷
è 120 80 ø è 240 ø is 80 km. One day he was late by 1 hour than the
normal time to leave for the college, so he increased
Alternatively: Consider the distance in numbers his speed by 4 km/h and thus he reached to col-
(since it dependent of the distance) as the LCM of lege at the normal time. What is the changed (or
the speeds. Then, the total distance = LCM of 120 increased) speed of Rajeev ?
and 80 = 240
Sol. Let the normal speed be x km/h, then
120
Thererfore, time taken by train = = 1h 80 80
120 - =1
x (x + 4)
120 3
and time taken by car = - h Þ x2 + 4x – 320 = 0
80 2
Þ x(x + 20) – 16(x + 20) = 0
Total distance (x + 20) (x – 16) = 0
\ Average speed = Total time taken x = 16 km/h
\ (x + 4) = 20 km/h
240 Therefore increased speed = 20 km/h
Alternatively : If t1 and t2 be the original and changed
= 1 + 3 = 96 km/h
2 time and S1 and S2 be the original and changed
speeds, then
2(xy)
Distance´ (S1 : S2 )
Alternatively: Average speed =

(x + y) S1 ´ S2 = (t1 : t2 )
where x and y are the speeds.
2 ´ 120 ´ 80
Distance ´ (t1 : t2 )
\ Average speed = = 96 km/h Also, t1 ´ t2 = (S1 : S2 )
120 + 80
2. Speed of karan is 40 km/h and speed of Arjun is 80
60 km/h. What is the ratio of time taken by each \ S1 ´ S2 = ´ 4 = 320
1
to cover the same distance ?
\ S1 ´ S2 = 320
Sol. Karan Arjun or S1 ´ (S1+ 4) = 320
Speed 40 : 60 Þ S1 16 and S2 = 20
Note: Here you need not to solve necessarily quadratic
Þ 2 : 3
equation. You can just try and find two factors of 320
\ Time 3 : 2 in such a way that (in this particular problem) one
1 1 factor must be greater than the other factor by 4.
Alternatively: Time taken = : =3:2
40 60
105
Class X
Alternatively: Go through options. Consider 20 Sol. Increase in speed = 5 km/h
80 Decrease in time = 6 min(4 + 2)
t2 = =4 By product constancy :
20
Speed Time
t1 = 4 + 1 = 5
1 1
80 ¯ = 6 min
S1 = = 16 4 5
5
Since, S1 is 4 km/h less than S2. Hence, option (d) is æ x ö
together. It means original time = 30 min çQ = 6 Þ x = 30 ÷
è 5 ø
4. Shweta when increase her speed from 24 km/h to \ Total distance = Original speed ´ Original time
30 km/h she takes one hour less than the usual time
to cover a certain distance. What is the distance 30
= 20 ´ = 10 km
usually covered by shweta? 60
Sol. Let the original time be t hours, then 6. Amit covers a certain distance with his own speed,
24t = 30 ´ (t – t) = D (Distance) but he when reduces his speed by 10 km/h his time
then t=5 duration for the journey increase by 40 hours, while
\ Distance = 24 ´ 5 = 120 km if he increases his speed by 5 km/h form his origi-
Alternatively: Go through options. nal speed he takes 10 hours less than the original
time taken. Find the distance covered by him.
S T
1 hour le ss Sol. 40S – 10T = |–400| ... (i)
– 10 +40
S T
Hence, the option (c) is correct. –10S + 5T = |–50| ... (ii)
+5 – 10
Alternatively: Since distance (D) is constant.
Therefore, D = S1 ´ t1 = S2 ´ t2 Solving eq. (i) and (ii), we get
It means here we can apply product constancy S = 25 and T = 60
Speed Time \ Distance (D) = S ´ T
= 25 ´ 60 = 1500 km
1 1
¯ = 1 hour where D ® Distance, S ® speed, T ® Time
4 5 ‘+’ means increase in value.
\ Original time taken = 5 ´ 1 = 5 hours and ‘–’ means decrease in value.
Therefore, Distance = Original speed ´ Original time Alternatively: Let distance be x km and usual speed
= 24 ´ 5 = 120 km y km/h.
Note: In the given exercise or in the whole chapter Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\6.Time Speed & Distance (Th + Ex.).p65
x x
you have to solve maximum problems through prod- - = 40
(y - 10) y
uct constancy concept described in the chapter of
ratio proportion and variation.
é 10 ù
Solving through product constancy gives faster Þ xê ú = 40
resultes. ë y(y - 10) û
Alternatively: Let the distance be D, then Þ x = 4y(y – 10)
D D x x
- =1 and - = 10
24 30 y (y + 5)
D = 120 km. Þ x = 2y(y + 5)
5. Kriplani goes to school at 20 km/h and reaches the from equation (i) and (ii
school 4 minutes late. Next time, she goes at 25 4y (y –10) = 2y (y + 5)
km/h and reaches the school 2 minutes earlier than 2y – 20 = y + 5
the scheduled time. What is the distance of her y = 25 km/h
school ? x = 1500 km.
106
Mathematics
7. A train met with an accident 60 km away from A B
Anantpur station. It completed the remaining jour- Sol.
P M Q
5 (i) Since, they are coming towards each other from op-
ney at th of the previous speed and reached the
6 posite ends, therefore the relative speed will be the
Baramula station I hour 12 min late. Had the acci- sum of their speeds = 30 + 40 + 70 km/h.
dent taken place 60 km further, it would have been Thus, the required time to meet at M
only 1 hour late. = Time required to cover 700 km (combined)
(a) What is the normal speed of the train? 700
= = 10 h
(b) What is the distance between Anantpur and 70
Baramula ? Thus in 10 hours they will meet each other at M.
1 (ii) The ratio of their distance covered to meet at M
Sol. Case I. Since the speed is decreased by . So, = Ratio of their speeds 3 : 4
6
that time will be increased by 1/5, which is equal (Since, time is constant i.e., same for each)
to 1 hour 12 minutes. Thus PM : MQ = 3 : 4
It means the normal time required for this remaining
4
part (x) of the journey is 5 ´ 72 min = 360 min = 6 h. (iii) MQ = ´ 700 = 400 km
7
(Q 1 h 12 min = 72 min)
700 70
A P x B (iv) Time required by A to reach at Q = = h
1h 30 3
P is the place of accident. 700 70

Time required by B to reach at P = = h
Case II. When accident is supposed to be happened 40 4
at Q.
x 70 70
\ Extra time required by A = -
3 4
A P Q B
1h 60
(x– 60) 1
= 70 ´ = 5h 50 min
1 12
Since, the speed is decreased by , hence, the time
6
400
1 (v) Time required by A to cover MQ =
will be increased by , which is equal to 1 hour,, 30
5
hence the normal time required for this remaining 300
part (x – 60) of journey = 5 ´ 1 = 5 hours. and time required by B to cover MP =
40
8. The distance between two placess P and Q is 700
km. Two persons A and B started towards Q and P 400/ 30 16
\ Required ratio = =
from P and Q simultaneously. The speed of A is 30 300/ 40 9
km/h and speed of B is 40 km/h. They meet at a Remember: It speed of A is SA and speed of B is SB
point M which lies on the way from P to Q. and A takes tA time to cover MQ and B takes t B time
(i) How long will they rake to meet each other at M? to cover MP, then
(ii) What is the ratio of PM : MQ? SA t
= B
(iii) What is the disatance MQ? SB tA
(iv) What is the extra time needed by A reach at Q (vi) It means they that have to cover (700 – 560) = 140
than to reach at P by B? km. Thus, the required time to cover 140 km dis-
(v) What is the ratio of time taken by A and B to tance
reach their respective destinations after meet- 140
ing at M? = = 2h
70
(vi) In how many hours will they be separated by only (vii) Since in each hour they separate by 70 km from
560 from each other when they cross M (time each other. Hence, to separate by 280 km, time
to be considered after their meeting)? required
(vii) How long will it take is separate then by 280
280 km. = = 4h
70
107
Class X
9. A boat can move at 5 km/h in still water (i.e., when 11. A train, 110 m long, travels at 60 kmph. How long
water is not flowing). The speed of river is 1 km/h. does it take to cross
A beat takes 80 minutes to go from a point A to (a) a telegraph post?
another point B and return to the same point. (b) a man running at 6 kmph in the same direction ?
(i) What is the distance between the two points? (c) a man running at 6 kmph in the opposite di-
(ii) What is the ratio of downstream speed and up- rection?
stream speed? (d) a platform 240 m long?
(iii) Whati is the ratio of time taken in downstream (e) another train 170 m long, standing on another
speed to the upstream speed? parallel track?
Sol. Downstream speed of boat = (5 + 1) = 6 km/h (f) another train 170 m long, running at 54 kmph
in same direction?
Upstream speed of boat = (5 – 1) = 4 km/h
(g) another train 170 metre long, running at
Therefore,
80 kmph in opposite direction?
Downstream speed Downstream time
5
Upstream speed = Upstream time Sol. Since 1 kmph = m/s
18
6 3 Time taken in upstream direction 5

= = \ Speed of train = 60 kmph = 60 ´ m/s.
4 2 Time taken in downstream direction 18
(a) The telegraph post is a stationary object, so, the
2 time taken by the train is the same as the time
\ Time taken in downstream = ´ 80 = 32 min and
5 taken by the train to cover a distance equal to
its own length.
3
time taken in upstream direction = ´ 80 = 48 min
5 110 + 0
Required time = = 6.6 seconds.
5
\ Distance between two points = DS speed ´ DS time 60 ´
18
= US speed ´ US time
(b) The man is moving in same direction, so length
where DS ® Downstream and US ® upstream
to be covered = Length of the train and relative
6 ´ 32 speed = speed of train – speed of man.
D= = 3.2 km
60 So, required time
48 110 110
= = 7.33 seconds.
or D=4´ = 3.2 km 5 15
60 (60 - 6) ´
18
(i) 3.2 km (ii) 3 : 2 (iii) 2 : 3
(c) The man is moving, in opposite direction, so
10. A man can row 9 km/h in still water. It takes him Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\6.Time Speed & Distance (Th + Ex.).p65
length to be covered = Length of the train and
twice as long as row up as to row down. Find the relative speed = speed of train + speed of man.
rate of stream of the river. So, required time
Time taken in upstream 2
Sol. = 110 110 ´ 18
Time taken in downstream 1 = = 6 seconds.
5 330
(60 + 6) ´
Downstream speed 2 where B + R = 2 18
\ =
Upstream speed 1 B- R 1 (d) The platform is stationary of length 240 m.
Length to be covered
B ® speed of boat in still water
= Length of the train + Length of the platform
R ® speed of current = 110 + 240 = 350 m and relative speed =
speed of train. So, required time
Þ B=3 (By componendo and dividendo)
R 1
= 350 350 ´ 18
= = 21 seconds.
9 3 5 300
Þ = Þ R = 3 km/h 60 ´
R 1 18
108
Mathematics
(e) Another train is stationary. 13. A man who can swim 48 m/min in still water swims
200 m against the current and 200 m with the cur-
Length to be covered
rent. If the difference between these two times is
= Length of the train + Length of the other train 10 min, then find the speed of the current in m per
= 110 + 170 = 280 m and relative speed = 60 min.
kmph. Sol. Let the speed of stream be x kmph. The equation
becomes
So, required time
200 200
- = 10
280 280 ´ 18 48 - x 48 + x
= = = 16.8 seconds.
5 300 Þ 200(48 + x) – 200(48 – x) = 10[482 – x2]
60 ´
18 Þ x2 + 40x – 2304 = 0.
On solving it we get x = 32 and x = –72 (not ac-
(f) Another train is moving in same direction. Length ceptable) i.e. speed of stream is 32 m/min.
to be covered = Length of the train + Length of 14. The metro trains which travel at a uniform speed
the other train = 110 + 170 = 280 m and rela- between stations A and B run at a regular interval
tive speed = 60 – 54 = 6 kmph. So, required of 12 min. If Ajay, walking along the railway track
at uniform speed, observes that every 10 min there
time = 280 = 280 ´ 3 = 168 seconds. is a train coming from the opposite direction and
5 5 passes him, then what is the time-gap between one
6´
18 train that overtakes him from behind and the im-
mediately next train overtaking him?
(g) Here, another train is moving in opposite direction. (1) 15 min (2) 16 mins
Length to be covered (3) 13.5 mins (4) None of these
= Length of the train + Length of the other train Sol. Let the speed of train be V and speed of Ajay be v.
= 110 + 170 = 280m and relative speed Then, by relative speed
= 60 + 80 = 140 kmph. So, required time 10(V + V) = 12V ...(i)
Similarly,
280 280 ´ 18 T(V – v) = 12V ...(ii)
= = = 7.2 seconds.
5 140 ´ 5 From Eqs. (i) and (ii),
140 ´
18 V + v V - v 12 12
+ = +
V V 10 T
12. A man rows 10 km upstream and back again to the
10
starting point in 55. If the speed of stream is 2 Þ T = 12 ´ = 15 min
8
kmph, then find the speed of rowing in still water.
15. In covering a distance of 30 km, Amit takes 2 hrs more
Sol. Let x be the speed of rowing in still water. than Suresh. If Amit doubles his speed, then the would
take 1 hour less than Suresh. Amit’s speed is

55 (1) 5 km/hr (2) 7.5 km/hr
y = speed of stream = 2 kmph. Total time T = h.
60 (3) 6 km/hr (4) 6.25 km/hr
Hence, Total time Sol. Let Amit’s speed = x km/hr
Let Suresh’s speed = y km/hr
Speed in still water ´ Total distance
= Upstream rate ´ Downstream rate 30 30
\ = +2 ....(i)
x y
55 x ´ 2 ´ 10 55 2 If Amit’s speed becomes 2x km/hr, then

Þ = Þ (x – 22) = 2 ´ x ´ 10
60 (x + 2)(x - 2) 60 30 30
= –1 ....(ii)
2x y
Þ 11x2 – 240x – 44 = 0 Þ (x – 22)(11x +2) = 0
From Eqs. (i) and (ii)
\ x = 22, since (–)ve value of x is not admissible. 30 30
Þ –2= +1
Total Distance = Downstream distance + Upstream x 2x
distance = 2 ´ any one side distance. Þ x = 5, y = 7.5
109
Class X
16. Two persons A and B are at two places P and Q. Sol. A covers 3.5 km before meeting B in (18 ´ 3.5)
respectively. A walks at v km/hr and B is 2 km/hr + 3 = 66 mins
faster than A, starting simultaneously from where B covers a distance of 5.5 km in 66 mins, i.e.
they stand. If they walk towards each other, they
66 11
meet in 72 min. It they walk in the same direction, hrs, i.e. hrs.
60 10
the faster overtakes the slower in 6 hrs. Find their
respective speeds (in km/hr). 11 10
\ B’s speed = ´ = 5 km/hr..
Sol. Let d kilometres be the distance between A and B. 2 11
d 18. Two champion swimmings start a two-length swim-

When A and B walk towards each other ming face at the same time but from opposite ends
v + (v + 2)
of the pool. They swim in line and at constant but
72 different speeds. They first pass at a point 18.5 m
= and if they walk in the same direction from the deep end and having completed one
60
length, each swimmer is allowed to rest on the edge
d of the pool for 45 s. After setting off on the return
= 6, length, the swimmers pass for the second time just
(v + 2) - v
10.5 m from the shallow end. Thus, the length of
d the pool is
i.e. = 6 or d = 12 km
2 Sol. When they pass for the first time, the combined dis-
tance = Length of the pool. When they meet for
d 72 second time, the combined distance = 3 ´ length
So, = and v = 4 km/hr Ratio of speeds pool. As both have constant speeds, hence at the
2v + 2 60
second meeting each swimmer had covered 3 times
=4:6
as much distance as at the first meeting. Since the
17. A starts 3 min after B are for a place 4.5 km dis- swimmer starting at the deep end had covered 18.5
tant B, on reaching his destination, immediately m when they first met, he covered 18.5 ´ 3 = 55.5
returns and after walking a km meets A. If A can m when they next met. It is clear then this distance
walk 1 km in 18 mins, then what is B’s speed ? is 10.5 m more than the length of the pool which is
hence, 55.5 – 10.5 = 45 m.
110
Mathematics
TIME SPEED & DISTANCE EXERCISE
1. A 125 meters long train overtakes a man walking 11. Rohit can row 18 km in 4 hrs down stream but
at the rate of 4 km/hr, parallel to the line in the same while returning he takes 12 hours. The speed of
direction, in 9 seconds. The speed of the train is the water current is
(1) 48 km/hr (2) 54 km/hr (1) 1.5 km/hr (2) 4 km/hr
(3) 80 km/hr (4) 100 km/hr (3) 2 km/hr (4) 3 km/hr
2. A clerk walks from his house at 4 km/hr and reaches
12. Two persons move towards each other from two
his office 5 minutes late. If his speed is 5 km/hr, he
places 55 km apart. One moves at a speed of
will reach his office 10 minutes early. How far is his
12 km/hr and other at 10 km/hr. They will be first
from home?
11 km apart after moving for
5 5
(1) 5 km. (2) km. (3) km (4) 15 km (1) 3 hrs (2) 2hrs (3) 6hrs (4) 4hrs
12 2
3. Ravi rows a distance of 1 km down the stream in 13. Kishan cycles at a speed of 8 km/hr. After every
10 minutes and takes 30 minutes to cover the same 10 km, he rests for 20 minutes. How long will he
distance up stream. The speed of the stream is take to travel a distance 40 km?
(1) 5 km per hour (2) 3 km per hour (1) 6 hrs 20 min (2) 8 hrs
(3) 2 km per hour (4) 4 km per hour (3) 6 hrs (4) 5 hrs
4. It takes an hour for a saree to dry in the sun.
14. The length of a running train A is 30 percent more
25 such sarees will dry in
than the length of another train B running in the
(1) 50 hrs (2) 20 hrs opposite direction. To find out the speed of the
(3) 1 hr (4) 625 hours train B, which of the following informations given in
5. A monkey ascends a greased pole 21 m high. In the statements P and Q is/are required?
the first minute he ascends 5 m and in the next
P. The speed of train A is 80 km/hr
minute he descends 3 m. If he continues this process,
in how many minutes will he reach the top? Q. They take 90 seconds to cross each other
(1) 17 minutes (2) 10.5 minutes (1) Either P or Q is sufficient
(3) 21 minutes (4) 40 minutes (2) Both P and Q together are not sufficient
6. A train running at a speed of 54 km/hour passes a (3) Only P is sufficient
signal post in it 8 seconds. The length of train is (4) Only Q is sufficient
(1) 432 m. (2) 150 m.
15. A train 220 metres long is moving at a speed of 90
(3) 120 m. (4) Data inadequate km/hr. The time taken by the train to cross a platform
7. A car is 25 km ahead of a scooter. The car is travelling 440 m long is
at 40 km/hr and the scooter at 50 km/hr. The
(1) 21.6 second (2) 23.88 second
scooter will overtake the car after
(3) 26.4 second (4) 28.88 second

1 1 1
(1) 1 hrs (2) 2 hrs (3) 3 hrs (4) 3 hrs 16. A train 150 m long is moving at a speed of 30 km/
2 2 2
8. Hari singh can cover a circular path of radius 21 hr. It will cross a cyclist coming from the opposite
m. in 44 sec. He will cover a distance of 3 km in direction at a speed of 10 km/hr in
(1) 16 min. 20 secs. (2) 16 min. 40 secs. (1) 11.5 second (2) 13.5 second
(3) 18 min. 00 secs. (4) 18 min. 30 secs. (3) 14.25 second (4) 15.75 second
9. Two cars start from one point and move along two 17. What is the speed of a 75 m long train which passes
roads at right angles to each other. Their speeds a 150 m long platform in 10 second?
are 36 km/hr and 48 km/hr respectively. After
15 sec. the distance between them will be (1) 63 km/hr (2) 72 km/hr
(1) 400 m. (2) 150 m. (3) 76.75 km/hr (4) 81 km/hr
(3) 300 m. (4) 250 m. 18. A train takes 40 minutes for a journey if it runs at
10. Javed walks at the rate of 3 km/hr for 2 hours and 0.05 km/sec. The rate at which the train must run
then at the rate of 2 km/hr for 3 hours. His average to reduce the time to 28 minutes will be nearly
speed is .... km/hr. (1) 257 km/hr (2) 212 km/hr
(1) 4 (2) 2.4 (3) 2.5 (4) 5 (3) 188 km/hr (4) 88 km/hr
111
Class X
19. A man takes 6 hours 15 minutes to walk a certain 30. What is the speed of a train which overtakes a man
distance and riding back. He could walk both ways walking at a speed of 5 km/h in 30 seconds, if
in 7 hours 45 minutes. He can ride both ways in the train is 274 metres long ?
(1) 4 hrs 30 min. (2) 6 hrs 30 min. (1) 51.88 km/h (2) 47.88 km/h
(3) 4 hrs 45 min. (4) None of above (3) 37.88 km/h (4) 21.67 km/h
20. A thief steals a scooter at 1 P.M. and drives at the 31. Two persons, 27 km apart, starting out at the same
speed of 45 Km/hr. The theft is discovered at 2 time are together in 9 hrs if they walk in the same
P.M. and the owner chases him at 54 km/hr. He direction, but in 3 hrs. if they walk in opposite directions.
will be caught at What are their rates of walking (in km/h) ?
(1) 7 P.M. (2) 6 P.M. (1) 5, 2 (2) 4, 3 (3) 6, 3 (4) 8, 7
(3) 8 P.M. (4) 6.30 P.M. 32. A train starts from station X at the rate of 60 km/
21. A man rows upstream for 13 km and downstream h and reaches station Y in 45 minutes. If the speed
for a distance of 28 km in 5 hrs each time. The is reduced by 6 km/h. how much more time will the
speed of the water current is train take to return from station Y to station X ?
(1) 2 km/hr (2) 1.5 km/hr 1
(3) 2.5 km/hr (4) 3 km/hr (1) 5 min (2) 7 min (3) 6 min (4) 4 min
2
22. A train with stoppages, covers a distance at 60 33. In one hour a boat goes 11 km along the stream
km/hr and without stoppages at 90 km/hr. The and 5 km against the stream. The speed of the
train stops for ... minutes per hour. boat in still water (in km/h) is :
(1) 20 (2) 15 (3) 30 (4) 25 (1) 5 (2) 6 (3) 8 (4) 9
23. Anuva takes 20 minutes less to reach her office 34. A boat has to run upstream to reach point Y from
if her speed increase by 5 km/h and takes 30 a point X, 20 kms away. The boat starts from point
minutes more if her speed decreases by 5 km/h. X for point Y and comes back to point X in a total
What is her original speed ? time of 41 minutes and 40 seconds. What is the
(1) 20 km/h (2) 30 km/h speed of the boat ?
(3) 35 km/h (4) None of these (1) 166 km/h (2) 7.2 km/h
24. A boat takes 20 minutes and 30 minutes to cover (3) 148 km/h (4) data inadequate
a particular distance downstream and upstream 35. Two trains for Bombay leave Delhi at 6 a.m. and
respectively. If the speed of the boat in still water 6 : 45 am and travel at 100 km/h and 136 km/
is 20 m/s, find the speed of the stream ? h respectively. How many kilometres from Delhi
(1) 6 m/s (2) 8 m/s (3) 12 m/s (4) 4 m/s will the two trains be together ?
25. A 100 m long train crosses a stationary man in (1) 262.4 km (2) 260 km
10 seconds. What is the speed of the train ?
(3) 283.33 km (4) 272.2 km
(1) 18 km/h (2) 27 km/h
36. In a 500 m race, the ratio of speed of two runners
(3) 36 km/h (4) 45 km/h Vinay and Shyam is 3 : 4. If Vinay has a start of
26. The speed of boat in still water is 12 km/h. If it 140 m then Vinay wins by
takes 1 hour to go upstream 6 kms; in what time
(1) 15 m (2) 20 m (3) 25 m (4) 30 m
will it return same distance downstream ?
37. A motorboat whose speed in still water is 15 km/h
(1) 20 min (2) 30 min (3) 5 min (4) 10 min Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\6.Time Speed & Distance (Th + Ex.).p65
goes 30 km down stream and comes back in a
27. Two trains A and B, travelling in opposite directions,
total 4 hours 30 min. Determine the speed of the
cross each other in six seconds. The speed of train
stream.
A is 126 km/h, while that of train B is 90 km/h.
(1) 2 km/h (2) 3 km/h
If the length of train A is 160 metres, what is the
length of train B ? (3) 4 km/h (4) 5 km/h
(1) 100 m (2) 80 m (3) 180 m (4) 200 m 38. Sujit covers a distance in 40 minutes if he drives
28. A train crosses a stationary person in 3 seconds at a speed of 60 km/h on an average. Find the
while it takes 10 seconds to cross a platform, speed at which he must drive at to reduce the time
travelling at same speed. If the length of the platform of the journey by 25% ?
is 210 metres, what is the length of the train ? (1) 60 km/h (2) 70 km/h
(1) 180 m (2) 135 m (3) 90 m (4) 45 m (3) 75 km/h (4) 80 km/h
29. A 225 m long train crosses another 150 m long 39. Salil walks a certain distance at 2.5 km/h for 2 hours
train travelling in opposite direction in 12.5 sec. and then runs 10 km at a certain speed for 3 hours.
If one of the trains travels @ 72 km/h, what is the Salil’s average speed for the whole journey is ____.
speed of the other?
(1) 2 km/h (2) 3 km/h
(1) 54 km/h (2) 27 km/h
(3) 36 km/h (4) 45 km/h (3) 5 km/h (4) 6 km/h
112
Mathematics
40. A train 150 meters long completely passes a boy 49. Two trains 150 m long and 250 m long are trav-
walking in the opposite direction at 6 kmph in 9 elling at the speeds of 30 kmph and
seconds and a car travelling in the opposite direc- 33 kmph respectively on parallel tracks in oppo-
tion in 6 seconds. Find the speed of the car. site directions. What is the time taken by these trains
(1) 18 kmph (2) 36 kmph to cross each other completely from the moment
(3) 48 kmph (4) 60 kmph they meet ?
41. Rakesh travelled from Hyderabad to mumbai in his 6 3
car at a certain speed. He would have reached (1) 22 sec (2) 21 sec
7 7
1
Mumbai 2 hours early if he had driven his car at 1
(3) 22 sec
5
2 (4) 21 sec
75 km/h. If the distance between Hyderabad and 7 7
Mumbai is 750 km, then the speed at which Rakesh 50. A person takes 1 h more than that of his friend to
travelled is reach a party. The distance travelled by the person
(1) 60 km/h (2) 50 km/h is 20 km more than that of his friend. Also given
(3) 80 km/h (4) 90 km/h that the speed of the person is 16 km/h while that
42. A train 100 meters long completely passes a man of his friend is 15 km/h, find the distance travelled
walking in the same direction at 6 kmph in 5 sec- by his friend to reach the party.
onds and a car travelling in the same direction in (1) 60 km (2) 40 km (3) 80 km (4) 30 km
6 sec. Find the speed of the car. 51. The average of the speed of the boat upstream and
(1) 30 kmph (2) 24 kmph the speed of the boat downstream is equal to the :-
(3) 48 kmph (4) 18 kmph (1) speed of the boat in still water
43. If a 300 m long train is travelling at a constant speed,
(2) speed of the stream
then find the ratio of the time it takes to cross a pole
and a 500 m long bridge. (3) speed of the boat upstream
(1) 3 : 8 (2) 3 : 5 (4) speed of the boat downstream.
(3) 5 : 6 (4) 5 : 12 52. A man can swim downstream at 10 km/h and
44. A car traveles x km at 60 kmph and then travels upstream at 4 km/h. Find the speed of the man in
another 2x km at 40 kmph. Find its average speed still water and the speed of the current respectively.
for the entire distance. (1) 7 kmph; 2 kmph
(1) 45 kmph (2) 48 kmph (2) 7.5 kmph; 2.5 kmph
(3) 50 kmph (4) 56 kmph (3) 7 kmph; 3 kmph
45. A policeman, travelling at 75 km/h, chases a thief (4) 8 kmph; 2 kmph
1500 m away from him and travelling at 60 km/ 53. A car covers 300 km at a constant speed. If its speed
h. What is the time taken by the policeman to catch was 10 kmph more, it would have taken one hours less
the thief ? to travel the same distance. Find the speed of the car.
(1) 6 min (2) 16 min (3) 12 min (4) 8 min (1) 60 kmph (2) 50 kmph
46. The ratio of the speeds of Amar and Akbar is (3) 40 kmph (4) 75 kmph
8 : 5. If Akbar takes 15 minutes more than Amar 54. The sum of the time taken by train P and train Q
to cover a certain distance, then find the time taken
to cross their own lengths is twice the time taken
by Akbar to cover the same distance.

by them to cross each other when they are travel-
(1) 25 minutes (2) 15 minutes ling in opposite direction to each other. If P takes
(3) 20 minutes (4) 40 minutes 20 seconds to cross a stationary pole, find the time
47. A cat sights a rat at a distance of 200 m away from taken by Q to do the same. (in seconds)
it and starts running towards it at 20m/sec. At this
(1) 25 (2) 30 (3) 20 (4) 15
moment, the rat notices the cat and moves away
55. A man can row 20 kmph in still water. It takes him
from it at a speed of 15 m/sec. After what time
thrice as long to row up as to row down the river.
will the cat be able to catch the rat ?
Find the speed of the stream.
(1) 20 sec. (2) 40 sec.
(1) 8 kmph (2) 10 kmph
(3) 60 sec. (4) 80 sec.
(3) 12 kmph (4) 15 kmph
48. Two persons A and B move towards each other
56. A person saves 5 minutes in covering a certain
from P and Q respectively. They meet 50 kms away distance by increasing his speed by 20%. What is
from Q. If the ratio of the speeds of A and B is the time taken to cover the distance at his usual
4 : 1, find the distance between P and Q. speed ?
(1) 200 km (2) 175 km (1) 25 minutes (2) 30 minutes
(3) 125 km (4) 250 km (3) 45 minutes (4) 50 minutes
113
Class X
57. A train leaves Hyderabad at 5 a.m. and reaches 65. A train 100 meters long, crosses a telegraphic post
Bangalore at 3 p.m. Another train leaves Banglore in 10 seconds. Another train of the same length crosses
at 7 a.m. and reaches Hyderabad at 5 p.m. When a platform 125 meters long, in 15 seconds. What is
do the two trains meet ? the difference of the distance covered by the two trains
(1) 10 a.m. (2) 11 a.m. (3) 12 noon (4) 1 p.m. in 3 hours?
58. Two trains are travelling in opposite directions with (1) 54 km (2) 60 km (3) 72 km (4) 90 km
speeds 25 m/sec and 30 m/sec respectively. If the 66. In an 1800 m race, Girish beats Harish by 50
length of one train is 300 m and that of the other train seconds. In the same race, Harish beats Suresh by
is 250 m, then find the time taken by the trains to cross 40 seconds. If Girish beats Suresh by 450 m, by
each other. what distance does Girish beat Harish ? (in m)
(1) 8 sec. (2) 10 sec. (3) 12 sec. (4) 14 sec. (1) 225 (2) 175.75
59. Shiva walks at 3 km/h from his house and reaches (3) 150 (4) 281.25
his office 17 minutes late. If he walks at 5 km/h he 67. A man misses a train by 1 hour if he travels at a speed
is early to the office by 15 minutes. Find the dis- of 4 km/h. If he increase his speed to 5 km/h he
tance between his office and house. still misses the train by 24 minutes. At what speed
(1) 3 km (2) 5 km (3) 4 km (4) 2 km should he travel so that he reaches the station
60. In a 900 meters race, Sreenivas beats Vishnu by exactly on time ?
270 meters and Ven kat by 340 meter s. (1) 12 kmph (2) 8 kmph
By how many meters does Vishnu beat Venkat in (3) 6 kmph (4) 10 kmph
the same race ? 68. A train P takes 40 seconds to cross a train 800 m
(1) 70 (2) 200 (3) 100 (4) 140 long, and having a speed of 30 m/sec, in the
61. Ashok ran around a square plot ABCD once in the opposite direction. It takes 120 seconds to cross
following manner. He ran the distance AB and BC another train twice its length and having the same
at 4 kmph and 6 kmph respectively. He ran the speed and moving in the opposite direction to it.
distance CD and DA at 4 kmph and 6 kmph respec- Find the length of the train P in metres.
tively. His average speed for running from A to C (1) 600 (2) 800 (3) 1000 (4) 1200
was 4.8 kmph. Find his average speed for running 69. Subodh and Hari run a race. Subodh gives Hari a
around the square plot once. (in kmph) start of 10 meters and is beaten by atmost
(1) 3.6 (2) 4 (3) 4.8 (4) 5.4 10 metres. Who has a higher speed between the
62. In a 100 m race, A beats B by 20 m or 5 seconds, two ?
Find the speed of A. (1) Subodh
(1) 2 m/sec (2) 4 m/sec (2) Hari
(3) 5 m/sec (4) 8 m/sec (3) Both have equal speeds
63. Ravi travels at the speed of 20 kmph and after 5 hours, (4) Subodh's speed is greater than or equal to Hari
Pradeep starts from the same point and travels in the 70. A boat covers a round trip journey in a river in a
direction as Ravi at 25 kmph. What distance does certain time. If its speed in still water is doubled and
Pradeep travel before he catches up with Ravi ? the speed of the stream tripled, it would take the
(1) 200 km (2) 300 km same time for the round trip journey. Find the ratio Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\6.Time Speed & Distance (Th + Ex.).p65
(3) 500 km (4) 150 km of the speed of boat in still water to the speed of
64. Ravi is 1 1 3 times as fast as Pradeep. If Pradeep the stream.
has a head start of 50 meters, what should be the (1) 3 2 : 3 (2) 2 2 : 3
length of the racecourse such that both of them
reach the finishing point at the same time? (3) 4 2 : 7 (4) None of these
(1) 250 m (2) 100 m (3) 150 m (4) 200 m
ANSWER KEY
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans. 2 1 3 3 1 3 2 2 4 2 1 2 3 2 3 2 4 1 3 1
Que. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Ans. 2 1 4 4 3 1 4 3 3 3 3 1 3 4 3 2 4 4 2 2
Que. 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. 1 4 1 1 1 4 2 4 1 1 1 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
Ans. 3 3 3 4 1 4 3 2 4 4
114
Mathematics
Unitary Method, Time &

CHAPTER
7 Work, Pipes & Cisterns
7.1 Unitary method, time & work

th
æ1ö
(i) If ‘A’ can do a piece of work in n days, then at a uniform rate of working ‘A’ will finish ç ÷ work
ènø
in one day.
1
(ii) If of a work is done by ‘A’ in one day, then ‘A’ will take n days to complete the full work.
n
th
æ1ö
(iii) If ‘A’ does ç ÷ of a work in one hour then to complete the full work, ‘A’ will take n hrs.
ènø
(iv) If ‘A’ does three times faster work than ‘B’, then ratio of work done by A and B is 3 : 1 and ratio
of time taken by A and B is 1 : 3.
(v) A, B and C can do a piece of work in T 1, T2 and T3 days, respectively. If they have worked for D1,
D2 and D3 days, respectively, then
D1
Amount of work done by A =
T1
D2
Amount of work done by B =
T2
D3
and, Amount of work done by C =
T3
Also, the amount of work done by A, B and C together
D1 D2 D3
= + + .
T1 T2 T3
which will be equal to 1, if the work is complete.
Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\7.Time, Work, Pipes & Cisterns (Th + Ex.).p65
7.2
If A can do a piece of work in X days and B can do the same work in Y days, then both of them
XY
working together will do the same work in days.
X+Y
1.1
A can finish a piece of work by working alone in 6 days and B, while working alone, can finish the same work in
12 days. If both of them work together, then in how many days, the work will be finished ?
Solution
Here X = 6 and Y = 12.
\ Working together, A and B will complete the work in
XY 6 ´ 12
= days = days, i.e., 4 days.
X+ Y 6 + 12
115
Class X
7.3
If A, B, and C, while working alone, can complete a work in X, Y and Z days, respectively, then
XYZ
they will together complete the work in days.
XY + YZ + ZX
1.1
A, B anc C can complete a piece of work in 10, 15 and 18 days, respectively. In how many days would all of
them complete the same work working together?
Solution
Here X = 10, Y = 15 and Z = 18.
Therefore, the work will be completed in
XYZ
= days
XY + YZ + ZX
10 ´ 15 ´ 18
= days
10 ´ 15 + 15 ´ 18 + 18 ´ 10
2700 1
i.e., or, 4 days,
600 2
7.4
Two persons A and B, working together, can complete a piece of work in X days. If A, working
XY
alone, can complete the work in Y days, then B, working alone, will complete the work in
Y–X
days.
1.1
A and B working together take 15 days to complete a piece of work. If A alone can do this work in 20 days, how
long would B take to complete the same work?
Solution

Here X = 15 and Y = 20.
XY 15 ´ 20
Therefore B alone will complete the work in days = = 60 days.
Y-X 20 - 15
7.5
If A and B, working together, can finish a piece of work in X days, B and C in Y days, C and A in
Z days, then
æ 2XYZ ö
(i) A, B and C working together, will finish the job in ç ÷ days.
è XY + YZ + ZX ø
æ 2XYZ ö
(ii) A alone will finish the job in ç ÷ days.
è XY + YZ – ZX ø
æ 2XYZ ö
(iii) B alone will finish the job in ç ÷ days.
è YZ + ZX – XY ø
116
Mathematics
1.1
A and B can do a piece of work in 12 days. B and C in 15 days, C and A in 20 days. How long would each take
separately to do the same work?
Solution
Here X = 12, Y = 15 and Z = 20.
2XYZ
\ A alone can do the work in =
XY + YZ - ZX
2 ´ 12 ´ 15 ´ 20
= days
12 ´ 15 + 15 ´ 20 - 20 ´ 12
7200
or , i.e., 30 days.
240
B alone can do the work in
2XYZ
= days
YZ + ZX - XY
2 ´ 12 ´ 15 ´ 20
= days
15 ´ 20 + 20 ´ 12 - 12 ´ 15
7200
or , i.e., 20 days.
360
C alone can do the work in
2XYZ
= days
ZX + XY - YZ
2 ´ 12 ´ 15 ´ 20
= days
20 ´ 12 + 12 ´ 15 - 15 ´ 20
7200
or , i.e., 60 days.
120
7.6
(i) If A can finish a work in X days and B is k times efficient than A, then the time taken by both A
x
and B working together to complete the work is .
1+ k
(ii) If A and B working together can finish a work in X days and B is k times efficient than A, then the
time taken by
(a) A, working alone, to complete the work is (k + 1) X.
æ k +1 ö
(b) B, working alone, to complete the work is ç ÷ X.
è k ø
117
Class X
1.1
1. Harbans Lal can do a piece of work in 24 days. If Bansi Lal works twice as fast as Harbans Lal, how long would
they take to finish the work working together?
Solution
Here X = 24 and k = 2.
\ Time taken by harbans Lal and Bansi Lal, working together to complete the work
æ X ö
= ç ÷ days.
è 1+ k ø
æ 24 ö
= ç ÷ days, i.e., 8 days.
è 1+ 2ø
2. A and B together can do a piece of work in 3 days. If A does thrice as much work as B in given time, find how
long A along would take to do the work?
Solution
Here X = 3 and x = 3.
\ Time taken by A, working alone, to complete the work
æ k + 1ö æ 3 + 1ö
= ç ÷X = ç ÷ 3 = 4 days.
è k ø è 3 ø
7.7
If A working alone takes a days more than A and B together. B working alone takes b days more than A and
B together, then the number of days taken by A and B, working together, to finish a job is given by ab .
1.1
A alone would take 8 hrs more to complete the job than if both A and B worked together. If B worked alone,
1
he took 4 hrs more to complete the job than A and B worked together. What time would they take if both
2
A and B worked together ?
Solution
9

Here a = 8 and b = .
2
\ Time taken by A and B, working together, to complete the job.
= ab days
9
= 8´ or 6 days.
2
7.8
If A is k times more efficient than B and is therefore able to finish a work in l days than B, then
kl
(i) A and B, working together, can finish the work in 2
days.
k –1
l
(ii) A, working alone, can finish the work in days.
k –1
kl
(iii) B, working alone, can finish the work in days.
k –1
118
Mathematics
1.1
A is thrice as good a workman as B and takes 10 days less to do a piece of work than B takes. Find the time
in which B alone can complete the work.
Solution
Here k = 3 and l = 10.
\ Time taken by B, working alone, to complete the work
kl
= days
k -1
3 ´ 10
= days
3 -1
i.e., 15 days.
7.9
a c b× c× X
If A can complete part of work in X days, then part of the work will be done in
b d a×d
days.
1.1
A can do three-fourth of a work in 12 days. In how many days can he finish one-eighth of the work?
Solution
Here a = 3, b = 4, X = 12, c = 1 and d = 8.
Therefore, number of days required to finish one-eighth of the work
b ´ c ´ X 4 ´ 1´ 12
= = = 2 days.
a´ d 3´ 8
7.10
(i) There are two groups of people with same efficiency. In one M1 persons can do W1 works in D1
time and in the other M2 persons can do W2 works in D2 time. The relationship between the two
groups is given by
M1D1W2 = M2D2W1
(ii) There are two groups of people with same efficiency. In one M1 persons can do W1 works in D1
time working t1 hrs a day and M2 persons can do W2 works D2 time working t2 hrs a day. The
relationship between the two groups is given by

M1D1t1W2 = M2D2t2W1.
1.1
1. If 10 pesons can complete two-fifths of work in 8 days, then find the number of persons required to complete
the remaining work in 12 days.
Solution
2
We have M1 = 10, W2 = , D1 = 8
5
3
M2 = ?, W2 = , D2 = 12.
5
\ M1D1W2 = M2D2W1
23 2
Þ 10 ´ 8 ´ = M2 ´ 12 ´
5 5
Þ M2 = 10.
119
Class X
2. If 10 persons can cut 20 trees in 3 days working 12 hrs a day. Then, in how many days can 24 persons cut
32 trees working 4 hrs a day?
Solution
We have, M1 = 10. W1 20, D1 = 3, t1 = 12
M2 = 24, W2 = 32, D2 = ?, t2 = 4
\ M1D1t1W2 = M2D2t2W1
Þ 10 ´ 3 ´ 12 ´ 32 = 24 ´ D2 ´ 4 ´ 20
Þ D2 = 6 days.
7.11
If a men and b women can do a piece of work in n days, then c men and d women can do the
æ nab ö
work in ç ÷ days.
è bc + ad ø
1.1
12 men or 15 women can do a work in 14 days. In how many days, 7 men and 5 women would complete
the work?
Solution
Here a = 12, b = 15, n = 14, c = 7 and d = 5.
nab æ 14 ´ 12 ´ 15 ö
Required number of days = = ç ÷ days
bc + ad è 15 ´ 7 + 12 ´ 5 ø
168 3
= days or 15 days.
11 11
7.12 Pipes and cisterns
1
1. If an inlet can completely fill the empty tank in X hrs, the part of the tank filled in 1 hr = .
X
1
2. If an outlet can empty the full tank in Y hrs, the part of the tank emptied in 1 hr = .
Y

1 1
3. If both inlet and outlet are open, net part of the tank filled in 1 hr = – .
X Y
1.1
1. A pipe can fill a tank in 5 hrs. Find the part of tank filled in one hour.
Solution
1
The part of the tank filled in 1 hr = .
5
1
2. A pipe can fill a tank in 28 mins. Find the time in which part of the tank will be filled.
7
Solution
1
We have, part of the tank is filled in 1 min.
28
1 28
\ part of the tank is filled in mins
7 7
= 4 mins.
120
Mathematics
3
3. A pipe can empty a cistern in 40 mins. Find the time in which part of the cistern will be emptied.
4
Solution
1
We have, part of the cistern is emptied in = 1 min.
40
3
\ part of the cistern is emptied in
4
3
= 40 ´ = 30 mins.
4
4. A pipe can empty a cistern in 12 hrs. Find the part of the cistern emptied in 4 hrs.
Solution
1
We have, part of the cistern emptied in 1 hr = ,
12
1 1
\ part of the cistern emptied in 4 hrs = ´4= .
12 3
5. A tap can fill a cistern is 8 hrs and another can empty it in 16 hrs. If both the taps are opened simultaneously,
find the time (in hrs) to fill the cistern.
Solution
Here X = 8 and Y = 16.
\ Part of the cistern filled in 1 hr
1 1
= -
X Y
1 1 1
= - =
8 16 16
Total time taken to fill the cistern = 16 hrs.
7.13
Two pipes A and B can fill (or empty) a cistern in X and Y hrs, respectively. while working alone.
If both the pipes are opened together, the the time taken to fill (or empty) the cistern is given by
æ XY ö
ç X + Y ÷ hrs.
è ø
1.1
Two pipes A and B can fill a cistern in 20 and 30 mins, respectively. If both the pipes are opened
simultaneously, how long will it take to fill the cistern?
Solution
Here X = 20 and Y = 30.
\ Part of the cistern filled by (A + B) in 1 min
1 1 1 1 5 1
= + = + = = .
X Y 20 30 60 12
\ Both the pipes A and B together will fill the cistern in 12 mins.
121
Class X
7.14
Three pipes A , B and C can fill a cistern in X, Y and Z hrs, respectively, while working alone. If all
the three pipes are opened together, the time taken to fill the cistern is given by
æ XYZ ö
ç XY + YZ + ZX ÷ hrs.
è ø
1.1
Two pipes A and B can separately fill a cistern is 8 hrs and 12 hrs, respectively, while a third pipe C can empty
it in 6 hrs, respectively, in what time will the cistern be full, if all the pipes are opened together?
Solution
There X = 8, Y = 12 and Z = – 6.
\ The cistern will be full in
æ 8 ´ 12 ´ -6 ö
=ç ÷ hrs
è 8 ´ 12 - 12 ´ 6 - 6 ´ 8 ø
æ 576 ö
= ç ÷ hrs or 24 hrs.
è 24 ø
7.15
Two pipes A and B can fill a cistern in X hrs and Y hrs, respectively. There is also and outlet C. If
all the three pipes are opened together, the tank is full in Z hrs. The time taken by C to empty full
tank is given by
æ XYZ ö
ç XZ + YZ – XY ÷ hrs.
è ø
1.1

Two taps A and B can fill a cistern in 30 mins and 60 mins, respectively. There is third exhaust tap C at the
bottom of the tank. If all taps are opened at the same time, the cistern will be full in 45 mins. In what time
can exhaust tap C empty the cistern when full?
Solution
Here X = 30, Y = 60 and Z = 45.
Exhaust tap C can empty the cistern in
æ XYZ ö
= ç ÷ mins
è XZ + YZ - XY ø
æ 30 ´ 60 ´ 45 ö
= ç ÷ mins
è 30 ´ 45 ´ 60 ´ 45 - 30 ´ 60 ø
= 36 mins.
122
Mathematics
7.16
A tank takes X hrs to be filled by a pipe. But due to a leak, it is filled in Y hrs. The amount of time
in which the leak can empty the full tank.
æ XY ö
= ç ÷ hrs.
èY–Xø
1.1
A pipe can fill a tank in 12 hrs. Due to leakage in the bottom, it is filled in 24 hrs. If the tank is full, how much
time will the leak take to empty it?
Solution
Here X = 12 and Y = 24.
The time taken by the leak to empty the full tank
æ XY ö æ 12 ´ 24 ö
= ç ÷ hrs = ç ÷ hrs or 24 hrs.
è Y- Xø è 24 - 12 ø
7.17
A cistern has a leak which can empty it in X hrs. A pipe which admits Y litres of water per hour into
the cistern is turned on and now the cistern is emptied in Z hrs. The capacity of the cistern is
æ XYZ ö
ç Z – X ÷ litres.
è ø
1.1
A leak in the bottom of a tank can empty the full tank in 6 hrs. An inlet pipe fills water at the rate of 4 litres
per minute. When the tank is full, the inlet is opened and due to leak, the tank is empty in 8 hrs. Find the
capacity of the tank.
Solution
Here X = 6, Y = 4 ´ 60 = 240 and Z = 8.
\ The capacity of the tank is
æ XYZ ö æ 6 ´ 240 ´ 8 ö
= ç ÷ litres = ç ÷ litres
è Z- Xø è 8- 6 ø
= 5760 litres.
7.18
One pipe A fill k times faster than other pipe B.
(i) If B can fill a cistern in x hrs, then the time in which the cistern will be full, if both the fill pipes are
æ x ö
opened together, is ç ÷ hrs.
è k +1 ø
(ii) If A can fill a cistern in y hrs, then the time in which the cistern will be full, if both the fill pipes are
æ k ö
opened together, is ç ÷ y hrs.
è k +1 ø
123
Class X
1.1
1. One fill pipe A is 10 times faster than second fill pipe B. If B can fill a cistern in 55 mins, then find the time
when the cistern will be full if both fill pipes are opened together.
Solution
Here k = 10 and x = 55.
\ Cistern will be full in
æ x ö
=ç ÷ mins
è k +1ø
æ 55 ö
= ç ÷ mins or 5 mins.
è 10 + 1 ø
2. One fill pipe A is 4 times faster than second fill pipe B. If A can fill a cistern in 15 mins, then find the time when
the cistern will be full if both fill pipes are opened together.
Solution
Here k = 4 and y = 15.
æ k ö æ 4 ö
= ç ÷ y mins = ç ÷ 15 mins
è k + 1ø è 4 + 1ø
= 12 mins.
7.19
If one fill pipe A is k times faster and takes x mins less time than the other fill pipe B, then
æ kx ö
(i) The time taken to fill a cisten, if both the pipes are opened together is ç 2 ÷ mins.
è (x - 1) ø
æ x ö
(ii) A will fill the cistern in ç ÷ mins.
è k - 1ø

æ kx ö
(iii) B will fill the cistern in ç ÷ mins.
è k - 1ø
1.1
One fill pipe A is 5 times faster than second fill pipe B and takes 32 mins less than fill pipe B. When will the
cistern be full if both fill pipes are opened together?
Solution
Here k = 5 and x = 32.
kx 5 ´ 32
= mins = mins
(k - 1)2 (5 - 1)2
= 10 mins
124
Mathematics
TIME, WORK, PIPES & CISTERNS SOLVED EXAMPLES
1. A is twice as efficient as B, and finish the task 20 4. 6 men can do piece of work in 12 days. How many
days earlier than B. Find number of days required men are needed to do the work in 18 days?
of finish the task by A. (1) 3 men (2) 6 men
(1) 20 days (2) 40 days (3) 4 men (4) 2 men
(2) 10 days (3) 30 days Sol. Here Man × Day = 6 ´ 12 = 72
Sol. Let A can complete the work in x days, then B
72
requires 2x days to finish the same work. According m ´ 18 = 72, m = =4
18
to given condition A finish the task 20 days earlier
than B i.e. 2x – x = x = 20 days. 5. 4 men and 3 women finish a job in 6 days. And 5
So, A can finish the task in 20 days and B can finish men and 7 women can do the same job in 4 days.
the same task in 40 days. How long will 1 man and 1 women take to do the
work?
2. A is three times as efficient as B and finish the task
32 days ahead of B. Find the number of days æ2ö
required to finish the task if both are working simul- (1) 22 ç ÷ days (2) 25 æç 1 ö÷ days
è 7ø è2ø
taneously.
(1) 11 days (2) 12 days æ 1ö 7
(3) 5 ç ÷ (4) 12 æç ö÷ days
(2) 13 days (3) 14 days è 7ø è 22 ø
Sol. Let A requires x days then Sol. Let man completes m part in a day and women com-
B requires 3x days pletes w part in a day then
3x – x = 2x Þ 32
1
x = 16 days 4m + 3w = .... (i)
6
x = 16
3x = 48 days 1
5m + 7w = ....(ii)
4
Together they can finish
after simplifying we get
1 1 4 1
+ = part = part
16 48 48 12 5
20m + 15w =
6
Thus 12 days are required by them to finish the task.

20m + 28w = 1
3. Vinod can do 25% of a piece of work in 5 days.
How many days will he take to complete the work 1
ten times? So 13w =
6
(1) 150 days (2) 250 days
1
(3) 200 days (4) 180 days w= ....(iii)
78
1
Sol. 25% part or part in 5 days
4 5
from (i) & (iii) we get, m =
156
5
then 1 part in = 20 days
1/ 4 5 1 7
m+w= + =
156 78 156
days required to complete ten times work
= 20 ´ 10 = 200 days 156 2
So it require days = 22
7 7
125
Class X
6. If 8 boys and 12 women can do a piece of work in 9. Sashi can do a piece of work in 25 days and Rishi
25 days. In how many days can the work be done can do it in 20 days. They work for 5 days and then
by 6 boys and 11 women working together? Sashi goes away. In how many more days will Rishi
(1) 15 days finish the work?
(2) 10 days (1) 10 days (2) 12 days
(3) 12 days (3) 14 days (4) None of these
(4) Cannot be deteremined 1

Sol. Shashi’s days work =
25
1
Sol. 8B + 12w = ....(i)
25
1
Rishi days work =
now to calculate 20
6B + 11w = ?
1 1
It because we have 1 equation but two variables. together they can finisy +
25 20
7. A can do a place of work in 10 days and B can do
the same work in 20 days. With the help of C, they 9
= part in a day
finish the work in 5 days. How long will it take for C 100
alone to finish the work?
9 45
(1) 20 days (2) 10 days \ Work in 5 days ´5= part
100 100
(3) 35 days (4) 15 days
55
1 1 1 1 part is remaining. Rishi can finish it in
Sol. - - = 100
5 10 20 20
This is C’s one day work so 20 days are required æ 55 ö

ç ÷
for C alone to finish task è 100 ø
æ 1 ö = 11 days
8. A can do a piece of work in 20 days. He work at it ç ÷
è 20 ø
for 5 days and then B finishes it in 10 more days. In
how many days will A and B together finish the work? 10. Manoj takes twice as much time as Ajay and thrice
as much as Vijay to finish a piece of work. Together
(1) 8 days (2) 10 days
they finish the work in 1 day. What is the time taken
(3) 12 days (4) 6 days by Manoj to finish the work?

1 (1) 6 days (2) 3 days
Sol. A’s one day work =
20
(3) 2 days (4) None of these
1 1
in 5 day a can complete ´ 5 = part Sol. M : A : V
20 4
2 : 1 : 2/3 or 6 : 3 : 3
3 Let Manoj takes 6x days, Ajay takes 3x days and
remaining work = part
4
1 1 1
Vijay 2x days then + + =1
3 6x 3x 2x
\ B finish part in 10 days
4
1 é 1 1 1ù
+ + =1
10 40 x êë 6 3 2 úû
\ B finish 1 part in = days
3/4 3
1
together they can finish it in =1, So x =1
x
1 1 Manoj will take 6 days
1 3 = 1 = 8 days
+
20 40 8
126
Mathematics
11. In a fort there was sufficient food for 200 soldiers 14. There are two pipes in a tank. Pipe A is for filling
for 31 day. After 27 days 120 soldiers left the fort. the tank and Pipe B is for emptying the tank. If A
For how many extra days will the rest of the food can fill the tank in 10 hours and B can empty the
last for the remaining soldiers? ta nk in
(1) 12 days (2) 10 days 15 hours then find how many hours will it take to
(3) 8 days (4) 6 days completely fill a half empty tank?
Sol. Man ´ Day = Man × Day (1) 30 hours (2) 15 hours
200 ´ 31 = 6200 (3) 20 hours (4) 33.33 hours
After 27 days
1 1 5 1
200 ´ 27 = 5400 Man. Sol. - = =
10 15 150 30
Day is finished
remaining = 800 So it takes 30 hours to fill the tank and 15 hours to
fill half the tank
Man × Day = 800
80. Day = 800 15. There are three Taps A, B and C in a tank. They
can fill the tank in 10 hrs, 20 hrs and 25 hrs
Day = 10
respectively. At first, all of them are opened
12. A cistern is normally filled in 5 hours. However, it
simultaneously. Then after 2 hours tap C is closed
takes 6 hours when there is leak in its bottom. If the
and A and B kept running. After the 4th hour, tap
cistern is full, in what time shall the leak empty it?
B is also closed. The remaining work is done by Tap
(1) 6 hrs (2) 5 hrs (3) 30 hrs (4)15 hrs A alone. Find the percentage of the work done by
1 Tap A by itself.
Sol. In one hour part is filled now leak can empty in
5 (1) 32 % (2) 52%
1 1 1 (3) 75% (4) None of these

x hour then - =
5 x 6
Sol. A B C
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Þ - = Ist hours part
5 6 x 10 20 25 100
st 1 1 1 19
II hours part
1 1 10 20 25 100
Þ = , x = 30 hours
30 x 1 1 3 15
III st hours ´ part
10 20 20 100
13. Pipe A and B running together can fill a cistern in 1 1 3 15
6 minutes. If B takes 5 minutes more than A to fill
st
IV hours + ´ part
10 20 20 100
the cistern, then the time in which A and B will fill
the cistern separately will be respectively? So remaining part after 4 hour is
(1) 15 min, 20 min (2) 15 min, 10 min
32
(3) 10 min, 15 min (4) 25 min, 20 min 100 = 3.2 hours
Sol. Let pipe A can fill in x and pipe B in x + 5 minutes 1
10
1 1 1
+ = % of work done by A
x x+5 6
(10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 32) ´ 100 = 72%
x(x + 5)
or =6 100
2x + 5
x = 10, x + 5 = 15
127
Class X
TIME, WORK, PIPES & CISTERNS EXERCISE

1. A pipe can fill a tank in 15 hours. The tank develops 9. Ram can complete a work in 12 days, while Rajan
a hole and 10% of water leaks out. The pipe will can finish it in 18 days. Ram works on it for 8 days
now fill the tank in and then Rajan starts working on it. Then the work
(1) 16 hrs 40 minutes (2) 18 hrs 40 minutes will be finished in
(3) 20 hrs (4) 17 hrs 30 minutes (1) 6 days (2) 7 days
2. Two taps A and B fill a tank separately in 24 minutes
(3) 8 days (4) 9 days
and 40 minutes respectively and a waste pipe C
releases 30 liters per minute. If all the pipes are 10. Two pipes A and B can fill an empty tank in
opened the tank is filled in an hour. The capacity of 8 hours and 12 hours respectively, If the pipes are
the tank is opened alternately every hour, the tank will be full
(1) 750 liters (2) 900 liters earlier if
(3) 800 liters (4) 600 liters (1) A is opened first
3. Meena can type 500 words in 10 minutes and (2) B is opened first
Leena can type 400 words in 10 minutes. They (3) It will take same time no mater which pipe is
can together type 3600 words in opened first
(1) 50 minutes (2) 40 minutes (4) None of these
(3) 80 minutes (4) 100 minutes 11. B is twice as fast as A. If A can complete a job in
4. Two pipes A and B fill a cistern in 24 minutes and 36 days, how long will it take for both A and B
32 minutes respectively. Assuming that both pipes together to complete the same job?
are opened simultaneously, when must the first tap (1) 24 days (2) 18 days (3) 12 days (4) 9 days
be turned off so that the cistern may be filled in 12. A contractor undertakes to make a road in 72 days
16 minutes ? and employs 24 men. After 48 days, he finds that
(1) After 10 minutes (2) After 12 minutes only half of the road is made. How many extra
(3) After 8 minutes (4) After 16 minutes men should he now employ to complete the road
5. A, B and C are employed to do a piece job for Rs. in time?
529. A and B together are supposed to do 19/23 (1) 36 men (2) 24 men
of the work. C should be paid (3) 21 men (4) None of these
(1) Rs. 115 (2) Rs. 92 13. A and B can do a piece of work in 5 days, B and C
(3) Rs. 200 (4) Rs. 250 together can do it in 4 days, If B is twice as good a
6. A tank has a capacity of 240 liters. A pipe can empty workman as C, then in how many days A alone can
1/ 4th of the tank in 5 minutes and another pipe do it?
can empty 1/3rd of the tank in 6 minutes. The tank (1) 30 days (2) 18 days (3) 9 days (4) 10 days
is filled and both the pipes are opened for 3 minutes. 14. 20 men working 9 hours per day can complete a
How much of the water is now left in the tank? work in 12 days. To complete the same work in
(1) 160 liters (2) 164 liters 15 days working 12 hours a day, the number of
(3) 196 liters (4) 200 litres men required is
(1) 15 (2) 14
7. Sixteen men can complete a work in fifteen days.
(3) 12 (4) 11
Twenty four children can do the same work in twenty
days. In how many days will eight men and eight 15. A, B and C can do a piece of work in 24, 30 and
40 days respectively. They began the work together
children together complete the same job?
but C left the work four days before the completion
(1) 16 (2) 15 of the work. The work was completed in
(3) 20 (4) None of the above (1) 11 days (2) 10 days
8. A and B can do a piece of work in 24 days, B and (3) 12 days (4) 14 days
C can do it in 18 days and A and C in 12 days. 16. Three pipes A, B and C can fill a cistern in 6 hours.
Working together they will finish the work in nearly After working together for 2 hours C is closed and A
and B fill it in 7 hours C alone can fill the cistern in
(1) 9 days (2) 10 days
(1) 14 hrs (2) 21 hrs
(3) 11 days (4) 8 days (3) 10.5 hrs (4) 12 hrs
128
Mathematics
17. A and B can do a work in 8 days, B and C can do 26. Nitu alone can complete 4/5th of a piece of work
the same work in 12 days. A, B and C together can in 20 days. She works for 6 days and Deepak
finish it in 6 days. A and C together will do it in : replaces her. He completes the work in another 38
(1) 4 days (2) 6 days days. In how many days can Deepak complete the
entire work if he works alone ?
(3) 8 days (4) 12 days
(1) 50 (2) 25
18. A can do a work in 15 days and B in 20 days. If
they work on it together for 4 days, then the fraction (3) 30 (4) 45
of the work that is left is : 27. A and B can completed a piece of work in 12 days
and 24 days respectively. After A had worked for
1 1 7 8 6 days, B joined him, and then they completed the
(1) (2) (3) (4)
4 10 15 15 work. How much should A receive as his share from
19. Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in 24 min. and the total amount of Rs. 180 paid for completing the
32 min. respectively. If both the pipes are opened work ?
simultaneously, after how much time B should be (1) Rs.120 (2) Rs.135
closed so that the tank is full in 18 minutes? (3) Rs.100 (4) Rs.150
(1) 7 min (2) 8 min (3) 9 min (4) 10 min 28. 6 men and 4 women can do a piece of work in 32
20. A can do a piece of work in 10 days and B can do days. 7 men and 12 women can do it in 18 days.
it in 15 days. After they have worked together for In how many days can 18 men and 8 women do
4 days, A goes away and B completes the remain- the same work, working together ?
ing work. In how many days does B complete the (1) 10 (2) 12
remaining work ? (3) 14 (4) 16
(1) 10 (2) 5 (3) 15 (4) 20 29. Two taps A and B can fill a tank in 10 minutes and
21. A and B can do 4/5th and 3/5 th of a piece of work 15 minutes respectively. In what time will the tank
in 15 days and 10 days respectively. In how many be full if tap B was opened 3 minutes after tap A
days can A and B, working together complete the was opened ?
work if B worked for 5 days without A ? (1) 6 minutes 12 seconds
(1) 6 2 17 (2) 6 10 17 (3) 11 3 17 (4) 6 12 17 (2) 7 minutes 12 seconds
22. If 4 men or 6 women can do a piece of work in 24 (3) 8 minutes 12 seconds
days, then how many men should join 3 women to (4) 9 minutes 12 seconds
complete the work in 16 days ? 30. A certain number of people can complete a piece
(1) 6 (2) 5 (3) 4 (4) 2 of work in 12 days working 5 hours a day. If the
23. A is twice as efficient as B and they together can number of men is decreased by half, how many
complete a piece of work in 24 days. Find the hours a day should they work, so that the work is
number of days, that A alone takes to complete the to be completed in 15 days ?
work. (1) 10 (2) 9 (3) 8 (4) 6
(1) 36 (2) 18 (3) 48 (4) 30 31. The ratio of the rate of doing work for a woman
24. Working individually, A, B and C can finish a piece and man is 2 : 1. Six women can complete a piece
of work in 16 days, 20 days and 30 days respec- of work in 20 days. If 2 women and 6 men work
tively. In how many days can A, B and C together together, then in how many days will they complete
the work ?
complete a work which is 3 1 2 times the previous
(1) 24 (2) 30
work ?
(1) 30 (2) 25 (3) 24 (4) 20
25. A tap can fill a tank in 48 minutes whereas another 32. A can work twice as fast as B. A and C together
tap can empty the full tank in 2 hours. If both the can work three times as fast as B. If A, B and C
taps are opened at 11:40 a.m., when will the empty complete a job in 30 days working together, in how
tank be filled ? many days can each of them complete the work ?
(1) 12 : 40 p.m. (2) 1:30 p.m. (1) 40, 80, 100 (2) 60, 120, 120
(3) 50, 100, 120 (4) 60, 100, 80
(3) 1 : 00 p.m. (4) 1:20 p.m.
129
Class X
33. P and Q can individually complete a piece of work 37. P, Q and R work together to complete a piece of
in 15 and 25 days respectively. In how many days work in x days. P and R take 20 days and 30 days
can P and Q complete the work if they work on respectively to complete the work. Q is faster than
alternate days, R and slower than P. If x is an integer, then how many
(a) starting with P (b) starting with Q ? values can it take?
(1) 1 (2) 2
191
(1) 18; 19 (2) 18; (3) 3 (4) 4
5
38. P, Q and R started a piece of work. They worked
3 2 on it for 5 days, after which P left. The other two
(3) 18 ;19 (4) 18 ;19 continued to work for another 5 days after which
5 5
Q left and the remaining work was completed by
34. Wages for 30 women amount to Rs. 60,000 in 36
R in another 5 days. If Q alone can complete the
days. If a man earns double of what a women earns,
then how many men must join 15 women to com- work in 30 days and R alone takes at least 45 days
plete the work in 24 days ? How much more is to complete the work, who completed the maxi-
earned by the men than by the women ? mum part of the work ?
(1) 10 men, Rs. 15,000 (1) P
(2) 15 men, Rs. 20,000 (2) Q
(3) 15 men, Rs. 30,000 (3) R
(4) 10 men, Rs. 30,000 (4) Cannot be determined
35. A, B and C can complete a piece of work in 6, 12 39. A garrison had provisions for 1500 men for 30 days.
and 18 days respectively. A and B started the work After some days, 300 more men joined the garri-
and C joined them after one day. B left just 2 days son. The provisions lasted for a total of 26 days from
before the completion of the whole work. In how the beginning. After how many days did the new men
many days was the work completed ? join ?
(1) 5 (2) 4 (1) 24 (2) 6
(3) 3 (4) 2 (3) 4 (4) 26
36. P worked on a job for 4 hours and then Q joined
40. A can do a piece of work in 18 days, B in 36 days
him. After 8 more hours, P stopped working and
and C in 54 days. A starts the work and is joined
Q took 34 more hours to complete the remaining
by B after 1 day, C joins them after 4 more days.
part of the job. If P and Q together can complete
How many more days will be required to complete
the job in 24 hours, how long will it take for each of
the work ?
them (in hours) to complete the job individually ?

(1) 11 (2) 9
(1) 40, 60 (2) 48, 60
(3) 8 (4) 6
(3) 60, 45 (4) 40, 30
ANSWER KEY
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans. 1 4 2 2 2 2 3 3 1 1 3 2 1 3 1 1 3 4 2 2
Que. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Ans. 3 3 1 3 3 1 4 2 2 3 1 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 4
130
Mathematics
CHAPTER
8 Problems on Ages
8.1 Some useful short-cut methods
1. If the age of A, t years ago, was n times the age of B and at present A’s age
is n2 times that of B, then
æ n1 – 1 ö
A’s present age = ç ÷ n2 t years
è n1 – n 2 ø
æ n1 – 1 ö
and B’s present age = ç ÷ t years
è n1 – n 2 ø
Expanation
Let the present age of B be x years.
Then, the present age of A = n2 x years
Given, t years ago,
n1 (x – t) = n2x – t or (n1 – n2) x = (n1 – 1) t
æ n1 - 1 ö
or, x = ç n - n ÷ t.
è 1 2 ø
æ n1 - 1 ö
Therefore, B’s present age = ç n - n ÷ t years
è 1 2 ø
æ n1 - 1 ö
and A’s present age = ç n - n ÷ n2 t years.
è 1 2 ø
Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\8.Problems on Ages (Th + Ex.).p65
1.1
The age of father is 4 times the age of his son. If 5 years ago father’s age was 7 times the age of his son at that
time, what is father’s present age ?
Solution
The father’s present age
æ n -1 ö
= ç 1 ÷ n2t (Here n1 = 7, n2 = 4 and t = 5)
è n1 - n2 ø
æ 7 -1 ö 6´4´5
= ç ÷ 4 ×5 = = 40 years.
è7-4ø 3
131
Class X
2. The present age of A is n1 times the present age of B. If t years hence, the age of
A would be n2 times that of B, then
æ n2 – 1 ö
A’s present age = ç n – n ÷ n2 t years
è 1 2 ø
æ n2 – 1 ö
and B’s present age = ç n – n ÷ t years
è 1 2 ø
Explanation
Let the present age of B be x years.
Then, the present age of A = n 1x

Given, t years hence,
(n1x + t) = n2 (x + t)
or, (n1 – n2)x = (n2 – 1)t
æ n -1 ö
or, x= ç 2 ÷t
è n1 - n2 ø
æ n -1 ö
Therefore, B’s present age = ç 2 ÷ n1t years
è n1 - n2 ø
æ n2 - 1 ö
and A’s present age = ç n - n ÷ n1t years.
è 1 2 ø
1.1
The age of Mr Gupta is four times the age of his son. After 10 years, the age of Mr Gupta will be only twice the
age of his son. Find the present age of Mr Gupta’s son.
Solution
The present age of Mr Gupta’s son
æ n -1 ö
= ç 2 ÷t
è n1 - n2 ø
æ 2 -1 ö
= ç ÷ 10
è4-2ø
(Here n1 = 4, n2 = 2 and t = 10)

= 5 years.
132
Mathematics
3. The age of A, t1 years ago, was n1 times the age of B, If t2 years hence A’s age
would be n2 times that of B, then,
A’s age would be n2 times that of B, then,
n1 (t1 + t2 )(n 2 – 1)
A’s present age = + t1 years
n1 – n 2
t2 (n 2 – 1) + t1 (n1 – 1)
and B’s present age = years.
n1 – n 2
Explanation
Let A’s present age = x years and B’s present age = y years.
Given x – t1 = n1 (y – t1) and x + t2 = n2 (y + t2)

i.e., x – n1y = (1 – n1) t1 ....... (1)
and x – n2y = (–1 + n2) t2 ....... (2)
Solving Eqs. (1) and (2), we get
n1 (t1 + t 2 )(n2 - 1)
x= + t1
n1 - n2
t2 (n2 - 1) + t1 (n11)
and, y =
n1 - n2
1.1
10 years ago Amu’s mother was 4 times older than her daughter. After 10 years, the mother will be twice
older than the daughter. Find the present age of Anu.
Solution
Present age of Anu
t2 (n2 - 1) + t1 (n1 - 1)
=
n1 - n2
(Here n1 = 4, n2 = 2, t1 = 10 and t2 = 10)
10(2 - 1) + 10(4 - 1) 10 + 30
= = = 20 years.
4-2 2
4. The sum of present ages of A and B is S years. If, t years ago, the age of A was n
times the age of B, then
Sn – t(n – 1)
Present age of A = years
n +1
S + t(n – 1)
and Present age of B = years.
n +1
133
Class X
Explanation
Let the present age of A and B be x and y years, respectively.
Given x + y = S ...... (1)
and x – t = n (y – t)
or x – ny = (1 – n) t ....... (2)
Sn - t(n - 1)
x=
n +1
S + t(n - 1)
and y=
n +1
1.1
The sum of the ages of A and B is 42 years. 3 years back, the age of A was 5 times the age of B. Find the
difference between the present ages A and B.
Solution
Here S = 42, n = 5 and t = 3
\ Present age of A
Sn - t(n - 1) 42 ´ 5 - 3 – 3(5 – 1)
= =
n +1 5 +1
198
= = 33 years
6
and present age of B
5 + t(n + 1) 42 + 3(5 - 1)
= =
n +1 5 +1
54
= = 9 years.
\ Difference between the present ages of A and B = 33 – 9 = 24 years.

Note : If, instead of sum (S), difference (D) of their ages is given, replace S by D and in the denominator (n + 1)
by (n – 1) in the above formula.
5. The sum of present ages of A and B is S years. If, t years hence, the age of A
would be n times the age of B, then
Sn + t(n – 1)
present age of A = years
n +1
S – t(n – 1)
and present age of B = years.
n +1
134
Mathematics
Explanation
Let the present ages of A and B be x and y years, respecively
Given x + y = S ....... (1)
and x + t = n (y + t)
or x – ny = t (n – 1) ....... (2)
Sn + t(n - 1)
x=
n +1
S - t(n - 1)
and y=
n +1
1.1
The sum of the ages of of a son and father is 56 years. After four years, the age of the father will be three times
that of the son. Find their respecive ages.
Solution
The age of father
Sn + t(n - 1) 56 ´ 3 + 4(3 - 1)
= =
n +1 3 +1
(Here S = 56, t = 4 and n = 3)
176
= = 44 years.
4
S - t(n - 1)
The age of son =
n +1
56 - 4(3 - 1)
=
3 +1
48
= = 12 years.
4
6. If the ratio of the present ages of A and B is a : b and t years hecne, it will be c :
d, then
at(c – d)
A’s present age =
ad – bc
bt(c – d)
and, B’ present age =
ad – bc
135
Class X
1.1
The ratio of the age of father and son at present is 6 : 1. After 5 years, the ratio will become 7 : 2. Find the
present age of the son.
Solution
bt(c - d)
The present age of the son =
ad - bc
(Here a = 6, b =1, c = 7, d = 2 and t = 5)
1 ´ 5(7 - 2)
= = 5 years.
6 ´2 -1´ 7
Note : If, with the ratio of present ages, the ratio of ages t years ago is given, then replace t by (–t) in the above
formula.
1.1
Six years ago Mahesh was twice as old as Suresh. If the ratio of their present ages is 9 : 5 respecively, what is
the difference between their present ages ?
Solution
Present age of Mahesh
-at(c - d)
=
ad - bc
-9 ´ 6(2 - 1)
=
1´ 9 - 5 ´2
(Here a = 9, b = 5, c = 2, d = 1 and t = 6)
= 56 years
Present age of Suresh
- bt(c - d)
=
ad - bc
-5 ´ 6(2 - 1)
= = 30 years.
1´ 9 - 5 ´2
\ Difference of their ages = 54 – 30 = 24 years.
136
Mathematics
PROBLEMS ON AGES SOLVED EXAMPLES
1. A’s age is one-sixths of B’s age. B’s age will be twice 5. 5 years ago his mother’s age was thrice that of Amit.
of C’s age after 10 years. If C’s eighth birthday was Amit’s present age is 20. What will be the ratio of
celebrated two years ago, then the present age of their ages 10 years from now ?
A must be (1) 30 : 70 (2) 1 : 3
(1) 5 years (2) 10 years (3) 5 : 2 (4) 1 : 2
Sol. Amit’s present age is 20. 5 years ago he was 15;
1 therefore his mother was 45. 10 years from now
Sol. A = B, B + 10 = 2 (C + 10), C = 10 his mother will be 60; Amit will be 30. Hence the
6
ratio of Amit’s age to mother’s is 1 : 2.
\ B = 30, A = 5 years
6. The average age of a class is 15.8 years. The
2. Sachin was twice as old as Ajay 10 years back. How average age of the boys in the class is 16.5 years
old is Ajay today if Sachin will be 40 years old and that of the girls is 15.4 years. What is the ratio
10 years hence ? of boys to girls in the class ?
(1) 20 years (2) 10 years (1) 1 : 2 (2) 3 : 4
(3) 30 years (4) None of these (3) 2 : 3 (4) None of these
Sol. Sachin’s age today = 30 years
Sol. Let number of boys = x
Sachin’s age 10 years back = 20 years
Let number of girls = y
Ajay’s age 10 years back = 10 years
\ Total number of students = x + y
Ajay’s age today = 20 years.
Þ (x + y) ×15.8 = 16.4x + 15.4y Þ 0.6x = 0.4 y
3. Two groups of student, whose average ages are
20 years and 30 years, combine to form a third x 0.4 2
Þ = =
group whose average age is 23 years. What is the y 0.6 3
ratio of the number of students in the first group to
the number of students in the second group ? 7. The ratio of the ages of the father and the son at
present is 7 : 1. After 4 years, the ratio will become
(1) 5 : 2 (2) 2 : 5
4 : 1. What is the sum of the present ages of the
(3) 7 : 3 (4) None of these father and the son ?
Sol. Let the number of students in the two groups be
x and y respectively.
(3) 32 years (4) None of these
x 7 Sol. Let the present age of father and son be 7x and x

\ 20x + 30y = 23 (x + y) Þ 3x = 7x Þ = .
y 3 years, respectively.
4. A years ago, a father was four times his son’s age. After 4 years,
In six years, his age will be 9 more than twice his age of father = (7x + 4) years
son’s age. What is the present age of the son ?
age of son = (x + 4) years
7x + 4 4
(3) 20 years (4) None of these Given, =
x+4 1
Sol. (F – 1) = 4 (S – 1) ..... (1)
Þ 7x + 4 = 4x + 16
where F and S are the Father’s and the Son’s ages
respecively at present. Þ 3x = 12
\ (F + 6) = 2 (S + 6) + 9 ...... (2) \ x=4
From Eqs. (1) and (2). S = 9. \ 7x + x = 28 + 4 = 32 years
137
Class X
8. The product of the present ages of Sarita and Gauri Sol. Total age decreases = 20 × 2 = 40 months
is 320. Eight years from now, Sarita’s age will be = 3 years 4 months
three times the age of Gauri. What was the age of
\ The age of new boy = 18 years – 3 years
Sarita when Gauri was born ?
4 months
(1) 40 years (2) 32 years = 14 years 8 months
(3) 48 years (4) 36 years 10. Ashu’s mother was three times as old as Ashu 5
Sol. Let the present ages of Sarita and Gauri are x and y. years ago. After 5 years, she will be twice as old as
Then xy = 320 Ashu. How old is Ashu today ?
and (x + 8) = 3 (y + 8) (1) 35 years (2) 10 years
Þ x – 3y = 16 (3) 20 years (4) 15 years

Sol. Let the age of Ashu at present be x years and her
æ 320 ö mother be y years.
Þ x–3 ç ÷ = 16
è x ø
Now, according to the question,
Þ x2 – 16x – 960 = 0 3 (x – 5) = (y – 5)
Þ (x – 40) (x + 24) = 0 or, 3x – 15 = y – 5
Þ x = 40 and y = 8 or, 3x – y = 10 ..... (1)
At the time of Gauri born, the age of Sarita is Again, according to the question,
32 years. 2(x + 5) = (y + 5)
9. In a class, there are 20 boys whose average age is or, 2x + 10 = y + 5
decreased by 2 months, when one boy age 18 years
or, 2x – y = – 5
is replaced by a new boy. The age of the new boy is
Subtracting Eq. (2) from (1), we get ...... (2)
(1) 14 years 8 months
x = 15
Hence, Ashu’s today’s age is 15 years.
(3) 15 years
138
Mathematics
PROBLEMS ON AGES EXERCISE

1. Seven years ago the ratio of the ages of P and Q 9. The sum of the ages of Aryabhatta and Shridhar is
(in years) was 7 : 6. Which of the following cannot 45 years. Five years ago the product of their ages
be the ratio of their ages 6 years from now? was 4 times the Aryabhatta’s age at that time. The
(1) 13 : 11 (2) 15 : 14 present ages of Aryabhatta and Shridhar respec-
(3) 13 : 12 (4) 16 : 15 tively are :
2. The ratio of the present ages of Anand and Bala (1) 25 and 20 (2) 35 and 10
is 8 : 3. When Anand was 30 years old, Bala was (3) 36 and 9 (4) 40 and 5
5 years old. Find the present age of Bala. (In years)
10. The ages of A, B and C together total 185 years. B
(1) 10 (2) 12
is twice as old as A and C is 17 years older than A.
(3) 15 (4) 20
Then, the respective ages of A, B and C are
3. Nine years ago A’s age and B’s age were in the ratio
5 : 7. Which of the following cannot be the ratio of (1) 40, 86 and 59 years
their ages 5 years from now? (2) 42, 84 and 59 years
(1) 11 : 13 (2) 13 : 19
(3) 40, 80 and 65 years
(3) 21 : 25 (4) 15 : 16
(4) None of these
4. The ratio of the present ages of Ram and Shyam
is 3 : 2. Which of the following cannot be the ratio 11. The sum of ages of a father and son is 45 years.
of their ages 20 years ago? Five years ago, the product of their ages was four
(1) 8 : 5 (2) 17 : 10 times the father’s age at that time. The present age
(3) 9 : 5 (4) 7 : 5 of the father is
5. Amit is as much younger to Barkha as he is older to (1) 39 years (2) 36 years
Chaman. If the sum of the ages of Barkha and
Chaman is 48 years, what is the present age of
Amit? 12. If 1 is added to the age of the elder sister, then the
(1) 18 years (2) 36 years ratio of the ages of two sisters becomes 0.5 : 1, but
(3) 24 years (4) 28 years if 2 is subtracted from the age of the younger one,
6. Bipin is 6 times old as Alok. Bipin’s age will be the ratio becomes 1 : 3. Find the age of the two
twice of Chandan’s age after 10 years. If Chandan’s sisters.
7th birthday was celebrated 3 years ago, what is (1) 8 and 5 years (2) 11 and 6 years
Alok’s present age?
(3) 9 and 5 years (4) 8 and 6 years
(3) 5 years (4) none of these 13. The age of the father 5 years ago was 5 times the
7. Renuka got married 8 years ago. Today her age is age of his son. At present the father’s age is 3 times
1 that of his son. What is the present age of the
1 times her age at the time of marriage. Her
3 father ?
1
daughter’s age is times her age. Her daughter’s (1) 33 years (2) 30 years
8
age is : (3) 45 years (4) None of these
14. Sonu is 4 years younger than Manu while dolly is
4 years younger than Sumit but one-fifth times as
8. Ten years ago B was twice of A in age. If the ratio old as Sonu. If Sumit is eight years old, how many
of their present ages is 4 : 3, what is the sum of times as old is Manu as Dolly ?
their present ages?
(1) 6 (2) 1/2
(3) 40 years (4) 35 years (3) 3 (4) None of these
139
Class X
15. The age of a man is 3 times that of his son. 15 years 21. The respective ratio between the present age of
ago, the man was 9 times as old as his son. What Manisha and Deepali is 5 : x. Manisha is 9 years
will be the age of the man after 15 years ? younger than Parineeta. Parineeta’s age after
(1) 45 years (2) 60 years 9 years will be 33 years. The difference between
(3) 75 years (4) 65 years Deepali’s and Manisha’s age is same as the present
16. Father is 5 years older than the mother and the age of Parineeta. What will come in place of x ?
mother’s age now is thrice the age of the daughter. (1) 23 (2) 39
The daughter is now 10 years old. What was the
father’s age when the daughter was born ?
(1) 20 years (2) 15 years 22. The ages of Nishi and Vinnee are in the ratio of 6:5
respectively. After 9 years the ratio of their ages
will be 9:8. What is the difference in their ages ?
17. A father told his son, “I was as old as you are at
present at the time of your birth”. If the father is (1) 9 years (2) 7 years
38 years old now, then what was the son’s age five (3) 5 years (4) 3 years
years back ?
23. The total of the ages of a class of 75 girls is 1050,
(1) 14 years (2) 19 years the average age of 25 of them is 12 years and that
(3) 38 years (4) 33 years of another 25 is 16 years. Find the average age of
18. In a cricket 11, the average age of 11 players is the remaining girls.
28 years. Out of these, the average ages of three
groups of three players each are 25 years, 28 years
and 30 years, respecively. If in these groups, the (3) 14 years (4) 15 years
captain and the youngest player are not included 24. Michelle got married 9 years ago. Today her age is
and the captain is eleven years older than the
youngest player, what is the age of the captain ? 1
1 times her age at the time of marriage. At
3
(3) 35 years (4) 36 years present her daughter’s age is one-sixth of her age.
19. The average age of an adult class is 40 years. Twelve What was her daughter’s age two years ago ?
new students with an average age of 32 years join (1) 6 years
the class, thereby decreasing the average age of the
(2) 7 years
class by 4 years. The original strength of the class
was. (3) 3 years
(1) 10 (2) 11 (3) 12 (4) 15 (4) None of the above

20. The present ages of Amit and his father are in the 25. Sneh’s age is one-sixth of her father’s age. Sneh’s Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\8.Problems on Ages (Th + Ex.).p65
ratio of 2 : 5, respectively. Four years hence the father’s age will be twice of Vimal’s age after
ratio of the their ages will become 5 : 11, 10 years. If Vimal’s eighth birthday was celebrated
respectively. What was the father’s age five years 2 years before, then what is Sneh’s present age ?
ago ?
ANSWER KEY
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans. 1 3 2 4 3 3 1 4 3 2 4 3 2 1 3 3 1 3 3 4
Que. 21 22 23 24 25
Ans. 4 1 3 4 4
140

Advance Maths 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Advance Maths 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mathematics

\ The net % change in the salary

Here sign is (+ve) hence the net is (+ve) increase in price.

\ First number = ç ÷ × 100% of the second

1.6 Population formulae

\ Population after 2 years

110 120 130

x ´ 111 (550 - x) ´ 120

1.7 Depreciation formulae

9051 100 100 100

[(–) ve sign because of spending]

729000 ´ 100 ´ 100 ´ 100

Failed in 1st subject only= (875 – 375)= 500.

(a) Failed in either of the subjects = x+y-z

(b) Passed in both the subjects= 100-(x+y-z)

Percentage of students passing the examination

= (100 - (30 + 35 - 27))%

Let the total number of students appearing in the examination x.

Given: 62% of x= 248

Therefore, 400 students appeared in the examination.

Boys= 900, Girls= 1100

Passed = (32% of 900) + (38% of 1100) = 288 + 418 = 706

Failed = 2000 – 706 = 1294

æ P1 ö Note: This formula is also applicable when the

Marks of Y 100 + % above minimum of Y 8. A reduction of Rs 2 per kg enables a man to pur-

Marks of Y 100 - % below minimum of Y Expenditure

10. The weight of a sand bag is 40 kg. In a hurry, it

is 510. What is 10% of that number?

(3) 34,000 (4) 35,000 for the examination?

(3) 30% (4) 35%

Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\1.Percentage (Th + Ex.).p65

Profit, Loss and

CP(100+P%) CP(100 – L%)

Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\2.Profit, Loss and Discount (Th + Ex.).p65

Since the sign is –ve, there is a loss of 20%

where m or n is –ve, of it indicates a loss, otherwise it is +ve.

100 ´ 100 ´ 1053

100 ´ 100 ´ 1053

é 100(20 - 15) + 2 ´ 20 ´ -15 ù

which represents loss, being a –ve expression.

Note that in such questions there is always a loss.

100 + g True measure

Note: If the merchant sells his goods at cost price, then x = 0.

100 + g True measure

100 + g True measure

which represents loss being a negative expression.

(b) The cost price of the item sold at gain

410(100 - 25) 410 ´ 80

equivalent to the three successive discounts will be

é (lm + ln + mn) lmn ù

we get the cost price of each saree

é 100 ´ 100 ´ 266 ù

100 ´ 100 ´ 266

Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\2.Profit, Loss and Discount (Th + Ex.).p65

117 (1) Rs. 500 (2) Rs. 360

PROFIT, LOSS AND DISCOUNT EXERCISE

Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\2.Profit, Loss and Discount (Th + Ex.).p65

3.2 Alligation Rule

Alligation literally means “linking”. The alligation rule states that,

Quantity of smaller cost ingredient Larger cost – Mean cost

Let C1 = cost price of 1st ingredient

quantity of 1st ingredient C2 – Cm

quantity of cheaper tea q (1.44 – 1.26) 1.02 1.44

Node5\e\Data\CBSE-2016\10th\Advance\CCP\Maths-2\3.Partnership, Mixtures and Alligations (Th + Ex.).p65